您的位置：360文档中心› 2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷和答案

2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷和答案

合集下载

2017年北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析(Word版),推荐文档

2017年北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析(Word版),推荐文档

2017年北京市中考英语试卷、听对话，从下面各题所给的 A 、B 、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A 、B 、C三个（共5分，每小题1分）I 1选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．（共15 分，每小题 1.5 分）6．请听一段对话，完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What does the woman want to drink？A．Tea．B．Milk ．C．Juice．7．How much does the woman pay？A. $ 7.B. $ 8.C. $ 9.8. 请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题.8. Where are the speakers going to have a picni？cA. In the park.B. On the hill .C. At the seaside.9. Who will join the speakers for the picnic？A. The boy's dad.B. The boy's grandpa.C. The boy's grandma.10. 请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题.10. How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A. By train.B. By car.C. By bus.11. What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A. He drew a picture.B. He fed an elephant.C. He saw a bird show.12. 请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题.12. What are the speakers mainly talking abou?A. Different reading skills.B. Some ben efits of readi ng.C. The man's reading habits13. What does the man think of reading?A. He believes it is enjoyableB . He finds it a little difficult .C . He thinks it takes too much time .14 .请听一段独白，完成第14至第15小题.14 . What can we know about the speaker?A . She lives n ear her schoolB . She likes traveli ng abroadC . She wants to improve her En glish15 . Why does the speaker send this messag?A . To describe her trip in LondonB . To tell the way to her house.C . To in troduce her hometow n .16 .听对话，记录关键信息.本段对话你将听两遍.请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上.Service Request FormName (16) _______ W hitePhone (17) ______Address 56 (18) ______ RoadService Moving a double (19) _______Time On (20) ________ ,July 31四、单项选择(共10分，每小题1分)从下面各题所给的A、B、CD四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项.21. My father is a worker.is very kind.( )A. HeB. SheC. HisD.It22 .More and more young people go skat ing win( )ter.A. atB. inC. onD.to23.--——did you stop play ing?------- B ecause I was tired ( )A. HowB. Why C When D. Where24. __________________________________________________ The hotel is very old. It's one of ________________________________________ buildings in the city.( )A. oldB. olderC. oldestD. the oldest25. ------ ---------------------------------- I hand in the report today?------- N o, you needn't.( )A. CanB. MustC. ShalD. Could26. ------ How do you usually go to schoo?------- I_______________________ to school on foot.( )A. goB. wentC. was goingD. will go27. My mother _______________________________ some washing when the teleph one rang.( )A. doesB. didC. is doingD. was doing28. Lily is my classmate. We ________________________ each other since she came to our school.( )A. knowB. knewC. have knownD. will know29. _____________________________________ The mobile phone in 1973.( )A. inventsB. is inven tedC. inven tedD. was inven ted30. --------- _________________________ Judy, could you tell me the schoolbag ------- O h, yes. I bought it in a store on the Internet.( )A. where did you buyB. where will you buyC. where you boughtD. where you will buy五、完形填空（共15分，每小题1.5分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C D四个选项中，选择最佳选项.31.A Mea ningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader. To pass her Civics course(公民课程)，she had to do some volun teer service in a nursing home for a weekOne Mon day，Emily went to the nursing home after school. When she arrived, she was told she would(31) _______ an hour every weekday with an elderly lady Mrs. Blair. She was thenled into a room，where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofaEmily (32) _awkwardly (别扭地)in front of the lady . She cleared her throat and said, "Good after noon rm Emily.""Good after noon，Emily. Take a seat please. "Mrs. Blair replied.Then，(33) ___ f illed the space between them. Emily wondered what to say. "Tell me about yourself, Emily，"Mrs . Blair said suddenly."Well，"Emily started，"I don't have any grandparents，so I can't relate to elderly people much. I love the performing arts. rm here mainly because I have to(34) here to get a good grade for my Civics class"Mrs. Blair did n't seem to (35) _____ . "Ma ny people，especially tee ns, don't seemto care about old people like me. Now you are here, and rm going to change that about you. Ask me anything."Emily thought for a mome nt, and fin ally decided, "What was your job?""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s "Mrs . Blair answered."Cool!Can you tell me about it? "Emily askec，amazed.Mrs. Blair smiled. "Back then, only the lead actress had the honor to wear a (36) bracelet. I was the lead in almost all of the plays so I always wore the bracele t Till this day, I still have it."Emily smiled along with Mts. Blair and listened to the other stories, attentively . She had become sointerested in Mrs . Blair's (37) _______ that she decided to come earlier the next day.Tuesday Wedn esday, a nd Thursday passed by quicklyThe n came Friday As she was leaving, Emilywas really (38) _______ to say goodbye."Don't be sad. You can still visit mq "Mrs. Blair comforted her. She then handed a small box to Emily, "It's my gift to you ."Emily (39) _____ ope ned the box and was surprised to see what was in side "It's the bracelet that youwore. Thank you!"Emily said, with tears in her eyes. "I'm sure to visit you whenever rm free."On the way home, Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts. She touched the bracelet andmade a (40) ________that she would keep her word to Mrs. Blair.31. A. waste B. spe nd C. plan D. exercise32. A. asked B. sat C. stood D. danced33. A. warmth B. sadness C. happ in ess D. silenee34. A. study B. live C. volunteer D. play35. A. mi nd B. fear C. insist D. regret36. A. strange B. special C. com mon D. private37. A. dreams B. hobbies C. stories D. jokes38. A. upset B. con fused C. surprised D. nervous39. A. proudly B. secretly C. worriedly D. carefully40. A. promise B. change C. judgment D. choice.六、阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的 A 、B 、C 、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项.（共30分，每小题2分） 41. Summer Programs at Museums41. You can join in the programs at the Postal Museum any d ______ . A. from July 17to 23 B. from July 29 - 30 C. from August 7-20 D. from August 21to 2742. If you are interested in the program about video arts, you can phon ______ A. 965- 0400 B. 654- 0930 C. 357- 3030 D. 272- 056043. A 15- year - old student can take part in the programs at _______ A. the Building Museum B. the Postal Museum C. the Air and Space Museum叭:砌孙辔 亦 fl-MWbuid 阿 II 阳 to jff i ua th*e 购輪曹敲触fft 悽it 輛 睜輕'* 戒沖iff#亲止嚥"删龜, nuM 住“取乌岂遜f 繰什鼻験UA'悔 hMtery 时如；孕卅imce pltaic conx irtne n's B 的od I*診 审iqfv :■母博 豪M 却I 阿暫 arplqna, d 轄加員* 胭歧贞牌卜；亦1 w 旳廊村ThE Sc ience h J u^,eu nDW< 加专AST T^Q电it 谕飆祐了轉科他耳检 出筒僧 凍的a VUu^珂典I -ii«k EH*■ Dbc -ts C|LH ttton^ abcul soanea k wdl b« |i 棉耳衬冋 卜冷如 Mi I耐硼30^&a»： Aug^9t i ；MFthe Air tnti Space hTuseumH-ich prx?flra^6 i : >r air iandFhe Building MuaeumG^rna Hikd jwri 皿 Ptbu M H 的 时 il | h厂 厂-■ 5ildfrip».A> H3irw ianou* bUilM 甲a,，・nd ■J r- 71 ”申EI ：… i 「rTh* poctdl ^lus^umbuild trnail hovt^s wtfh aodt 軒D. the Scienee Museum44. In the Air and Space Museum, you can _____ .A. create a stampB. build a houseC. make a paper airplaneD. explore a future city.45. The Sixth Time I Went to the Principal's OfficeWhen I was in the seventh grade I had problems behaving My heart was in the right place, but Icould n't always follow the rules . I played many tricks on my schoolmates. On ce, I even pulled a girl's hair on the school bus to get her attention . As a result, I was repeatedly sent to the office of the principal （校长）.Although I hated going there, I did not hate the principal, Mr. Ratcliff .Mr . Ratcliff was a kind, elderly man . When he spanked （打屁股）m e for putt ing some ants into aclassmate's pen cil box it did n't hurt at all , but it did hurt my feeli ngs . I thought so much of him andmoments like that seemed to prove I was hopelessly badWhen I got called to Mr . Ratcliff's office for the sixth time, I had no idea what I had done . I feltdisappo in ted as I walked dow n there. I went into his office, sat dow n, and looked at the floor. Then he said the last thing I expected to hear："Kevin, I've heardyou've bee n behav ing really well lately. I want you to know how proud I am of you, a nd I just called you dow n to my office to give you a pepperm int.""Really? "I was surprised ."Yes. Now you can take that peppermint and go back to class "I carried the peppermint with me as if it was a gold coin . When I got into my classroom, I bragged （吹嘘）to my classmates about my turnaround, excitedly. Iwas n't so bad after all.Mr. Ratcliff was really kind. He made me realize that I was just a kid who had problems with behavior. He bought some pepperm in ts a nd took the time to no tice me when I got something - anything - right. Mr. Ratcliff gave me some hope by giving me some love. I will just remember him for the rest of my life .45. In his seventh grade the writer _______ .A. hated the principalB. had problems behavingC. always followed the rulesD. often helped his classmates46. How did the writer feel when he went to the principal's office for the sixth time ?A. Lonely.B. Excited.C. Confident.D. Disappo in ted.47. The sixth time the writer went to the principal's office , he got ______ .A . a pepperm intB . a model busC . a pen cil boxD . a coin48 . The writer will always remember Mr . Ratcliff, because the principaj ____ .A . talked with him in the officeB . played games with himC . expected him to be a teacherD . gave him some hope and love49.Buying Is Doi ng?How important is shopping to you ? How much time do you spend buying things ? And how much timedo you spend organizing these things in your home? In the future , how much time will you spend in movietheaters, at amusement parks, at shopping malls, or at convenience stores? When you add it all up, you will probably see you spend a lot of your life consumin（消费）things. Consuming products is not necessarily bad However, if we spend too much time doing it, we should look at it carefully.Imagine that you have a week off from school. You don't have to go to class. However, in this week,you cannot spend any money ---------------- no shopping, no movies, no eatingout. How would you spe nd your time ? What things would bring you happ in ess ? Perhaps you would take a walk with your best friend Perhaps you would help a child read. Or you might spend time with your family.When we look back, it is likely that non - consuming experiences like these will be our most importa ntmemories. Why? Non - consuming activities are active, not passive They don't come in a package You make the experienee yourself. For example, each person who reads to a child will have a different experienee The experienee changes withthe reader, the child, and the book. Similarly, when you have a conversation with a friend , you are actively creating an experienee. The conversation that you have with your friend cannot be experieneed or recreated by anyone else However, if you watch a movie with a friend , you will each have a package experienee. It requiresno action and little interaction between the two of you .The environment we live in encourages us to have packaged experiences. We feel that we must consume because we believe that buying is doing However, we can start a personal revolution （变革）against consumerism. How? By consuming less . We can ask ourselves what experiences bring us the greatest satisfaction. Then we can organize our lives so that we have more of those kinds of experie nces.49. If consuming products takes too much time, we should _______ .A. spend less moneyB. think about it carefullyC. organize our thingsD. go to convenience stores50. According to the passage the writer believes that _______ .A. we can say no to consumerism by consuming lessB. buying things can bring us the greatest satisfactionC. the en vir onment seldom in flue nces our shopp ing choicesD. consuming experiences will be our most important memories51. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage? ______A. To introduce some ways of enjoying our spare timeB . To en courage people to have more active experie ncesC . To expla in reas ons beh ind people's shopp ing behaviorD . To share his pers onal experie nee in consuming products52 . Say you're sitti ng around with some frie nds playi ng video games and some one mentions a game that happens to be one of your favorites "Oh, that game's easy So not worth the time , "one of your friends says. The others agree. Although you enjoy the game quite a lot, not wanting to argue with them , you go along with the crowd .You have just experieneed what is commonly referred to as peer pressure （同伴压力） , also called peerin flue nce. You will adopt a certa in type of behavior, dress, or attitude in order to be accepted as part of a group of your"peers". As a teen, you are likely to have experie need the effect of peer pressure in a nu mber of differe nt areasWe are all in flue need by our peers at any age. For tee ns, as school and other activities take you awayfrom home , you may spend more time with your friends than with your family . As you become moreindependent, your peers naturally play a greater role in your life.Accord ing to Dr. Casey from Corn ell Uni versity tee ns are very quick and accurate in making decisi onson their own and in situations where they have time to think . However, when they make decisi ons in theheat of the mome nt or in social situati ons , their decisi ons are ofte n in flue need by factors like peers. In arecent study, teen volunteers played a video driving game, either alone or with friends watching. The researchers discovered that the nu mber of risks tee ns took more tha n doubled whe n their friends werewatch ing, compared with whe n they played alone. This shows that tee ns may find it more difficult to control risky behavior when their friends are around, or in situati ons where they are extremely an gry.Just as people can in flue nee us to make un wise choicesthey can also in flue nce us to make good ones A teen might join in a volunteer project because his or her friends are doing it, or get good grades because his or her friends think getting good grades is important. In fact, friends often encourage each other to study, or try out for sports.While we are always in flue need by those around us, the decisi on to act or not is up to us. So when itcomes to decision making the choice is up to you.52. According to the passage Dr. Casey probably agrees that teens _____ .A. like to play driving games with their friendsB. prefer situations where they have time to thinkC. may take more risks when their friends are aroundD. are slow in making decisions when they are on their own53. The words"in the heat of the moment"in Paragraph 4probably mean' ______A. whe n tee ns avoid possible risksB. whe n tee ns trust their judgme ntC. whe n tee ns lose con trol over their an gerD. whe n tee ns give con siderati on to situati ons54. What can we learn from the passage ______A. Teens are eager to be different from their peersB. Peer pressure has effects on both tee ns and adultsC. Peer pressure does more harm tha n good to tee nsD. Tees think it challenging to get good grades at school55. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage? ______Peer Pressure Its Ben efits to Teens and Frie nd MakingD. Peer Pressure Its In flue nee on Teens and Decisi on Making七、阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最 佳选项.每个选项只能用一次.(共10分，每小题2分)56. From the Other SideLara and Tara are twins . (56) ______ but they are very different in everything else. For example hot food is Lara's favorite, and Tara has a sweet choice However , this isn't the problem with the twin girls . They always argued that the opposite one was wrong. (57) _______ , while Tara insisted that mornings were fresh and it was difficult to stay up till midnight .(58) _______ .To put an end to their fights,their parents decided to create a small drama . They wan ted the girls to un dersta nd that they were both correct from theirA . Peer Pressure Is It Necessary to Deal with I ?B. Peer Pressure Is It Possible to Get Away from I ?C.own point of view. Their parents covered the girls'eyes with black ribbons, and brought them to the dining room . (59) ______ L ara was asked to stand on one side of the board and Tara on the other. They could n't see the other side of it. When the ribbons were taken away, they were surprised to see a huge board between them Now, their father asked Lara, "What's the color of the board ? "She replied, "It's black!" (60) ________ . She replied, "It's white!"The two girls began to argueaga in. While Lara was con fide nt it was black Tara was sure it was white. Then, they were asked to excha nge (交换)their places. They could n't believe their eyes. Tara, who insisted it was a white board, saw a black one Similarly, Lara, who argued the board was black,was shocked to see a white oneThey understood that each of them was right in her own view . Most of us are like Lara and Tara We are right most times, but insist that others are wrong!A. They look like each otherB. For years, their arguments continuedC. Their mother asked Tara the same questionD. In the room , a big board was placed in the middleE. Lara thought it was terrible to get up early in the morning.八、阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题.(共10分，每小题2分)61. What's in a Name？Many American names come from England But where did most English names come from ?Centuries ago, most people in England had only one name——their first name . In the 11th century ，five or six of the 50people in a village might be named William，and it was easy to get confused．But in the Middle Ages，people found a way to describe each person exactly．If there were four Williams in one village，one might be referred to as William the son of John．A second might be called William from thehill. A third , William the blacksmith （铁匠）.And a fourth , William the brown haired．In conversation，people might refer to the four Williams as William John's son，William hill，William smith，and William brown.It was 300or 400years before the extra（附加的）names gradually developed into last names，orsurnames. They were passed on from generation to generation. By the 1300s，Robert，the son of Williamsmith，had the name Robert smith，even if he was not a blacksmith like hisfather.As the last name became widely accepted，the first letter was capitalized，as in Robert Smith. By the 15th century，most people of the upper and middle classes had surnames.Many surnames were based on fathe r son relations. The"son of'part was added to the father's firstname，like Johnson，meaning John's son. Sometimes it was shortened to just"s"，as in Jones or Evan.sSurnames like Hill described the place where a person lived. They are the most common type of surname. A third kind of surname was based on a person's job. Forester was someone who looked after the forest. In the Middle Ages，occupation names such as Bake，rCarpenter，and Miller became common.The fourth kind of surname was nickname （绰号）.A man whose surname was Bear might be as fierce as a bearHave you ever wondered why some surnames are so common？The most common sur name in the En glish Ian guage is SmithBei ng able to make metals 金属）in to tools was an important skill in the Middle Ages，and many people were trained as blacksmiths．The most common American surnames are Smit，hJohnson，William andBrow n.61. Where do many American names come from?62. When did people find a way to describe each person exactly63. How long did it take for extra names to develop into last names64. What is the fourth paragraph mainly about?65. Why were many people trained blacksmith in the Middle Ages?九、文段表达（15分）66. 从下面两个题目中任选一题，根据中文和英文提示，完成一篇不少于50词的文段写作.文中已给出内容不计入总词数.所给提示词语仅供选用.请不要写出你的校名和姓名.题目①假如你是李华，正在美国参加一个交换生项目.今天下午你应邀和朋友Jim —家外出，请用英语给接待家庭的妈妈Mrs. Smith写一个留言条，告诉她你们要去哪里，去做什么，以及你回家的时间和方式.提示词语：park，movie theater，go boating，watch a movie提示问题：Where are you goi ng?What are you going to do?Whe n and how will you get home?Dear Mrs. Smith，My frie nd Jim asks me to go out with his family this after noon.Li Hua.67. 题目②宽容是一种美德.人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊.面对矛盾，多一份包容和谅解，生活就会多一缕阳光.某英文网站正在开展以"包容、谅解"为主题的征文活动.假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历，主要内容包括：你们之间发生了什么，你为什么原谅对方，以及原谅对方之后的感受.提示词语：hurt, realize, forgive （原谅）,happy 提示问题：What happe ned betwee n you and him/her ?Why did you decide to forgive him/her ?How did you feel after forgivi ng him/her ?I still remember what happe ned betwee n_2017年北京市中考英语试卷参考答案与试题解析、听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片•每段对话你将听两遍.（共5分，每小题1分）【考点】14：听录音选图.【分析】略【解答】略【考点】14：听录音选图.【分析】略【解答】略【考点】14：听录音选图.L32.【分析】略 【解答】略【考点】14:听录音选图. 【分析】略 【解答】略【分析】略 【解答】略二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的 A 、B 、C 三个 选项中选择最佳选项.每段对话或独白你将听两遍. （共15分，每小题1.5分） 6. 请听一段对话，完成第6至第7小题. 6. What does the woman want to drink ？ A. Tea B. Milk . C. Juice.7. How much does the woman pay ?4.A【考点】14：听录音选图.A. $ 7.B. $ 8.C. $ 9.【考点】17：长对话理解.【分析】略【解答】略8. 请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题.8. Where are the speakers going to have a picni？cA. In the park.B. On the hill .C. At the seaside.9. Who will join the speakers for the picnic？A. The boy's dad.B. The boy's grandpa.C. The boy's grandma.【考点】17：长对话理解.【分析】略【解答】略10. 请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题.10. How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A. By train.B. By car.C. By bus.11. What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A. He drew a picture.B. He fed an elephant.C. He saw a bird show.【考点】17：长对话理解.分析】略解答】略12．请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What are the speakers mainly talking abou？t A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．13．What does the man think of reading？A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult ．C．He thinks it takes too much time．【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略14．请听一段独白，完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What can we know about the speaker？A．She lives near her schoo．l B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．15．Why does the speaker send this messag？e A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．考点】16：短文理解．分析】解答】16.听对话，记录关键信息.本段对话你将听两遍.请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上.Service Request FormName (16)略WhitePhone (17)略Address 56 (18)略RoadService Moving a double (19) _略Time On (20)略，July 31【考点】17:长对话理解.【分析】略【解答】略四、单项选择(共10分，每小题1分)从下面各题所给的A、B、CD四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项.21. My father is a worker. _______________ is very kind.( )A. HeB. SheC. HisD. It【考点】61 :人称代词.【分析】我爸爸是一名工人.他非常善良.【解答】答案：A.考查人称代词.句意：我爸爸是一名工人.他非常善良.根据题干My father is a worker. _is very kind.可知My father 是男性，空后有is，所以用he，即我爸爸是一名工人.他非常善良.故选A.22 . More and more young people go skat ing winter.( )A. atB. inC. onD. to【考点】7B:常用介词的辨析.【分析】越来越多的年轻人在冬天滑冰.【解答】答案：B当表示时间时，at用于具体的时刻前；in用于年、月、季节和泛指的早上、下午、晚上前；on用于日期、星期、具体的早上、下午、晚上前. to用于分钟数和整点间，表示差••分到••点•此处的winter是季节，选B.23. ------- ------------------------------------------ d id you stop play ing?------ Because I was tired ( )A. HowB. Why C When D. Where【考点】97:疑问副词.【分析】--你为什么不玩了？--因为我累了.【解答】答案：B.考查疑问副词.句意：--你为什么不玩了？--因为我累了. how怎样，用于询问方式；why为什么，用于提问原因；when什么时候，提问时间；where 哪里，提问地点.根据回答Because I was tired因为我累了.可知问的是原因，所以说你为什么不玩了？用why.故选B.24. The hotel is very old. It's one of ______________________ buildings in the city .( )A . oldB . olderC . oldest D. the oldest【考点】81:形容词的比较级和最高级.【分析】这家旅馆很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一.【解答】答案：D .考查最高级.句意"这家旅馆很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一 .".A旧的，形容词原级.B更旧的，比较级.C最高级前通常加the . D最旧的，最高级.结合语境one of…"之一"，由buildings in the city在城市里的建筑，可知三者以上比较，用最高级the oldest最旧的.选D.25. ---------- ---------------------------------- I hand in the report today?------ No，you needn't.( )A. CanB. MustC. ShalD. Could【考点】DB:情态动词.【分析】——我必须今天交报告吗？------ 不，没有必要.【解答】答案：B.结合下文No, you needn't和上下文语境可知上文是说我必须上交吗？故用must开头的一般疑问句，故答案是B.26. ---------- H ow do you usually go to schoo?------ I ________________________ to school on foot.( )A. goB. wentC. was goingD. will go【考点】F6:时态辨析.【分析】--你通常怎样去上学？--我步行去上学.【解答】答案：A.考查时态.句意"--你通常怎样去上学？--我步行去上学.".A动词原形.B过去时.C过去进行时态.D 一般将来时态.由usually 通常，可知表示习惯性动作用一般现在时态主语是I我，第一人称，谓语动词用原形go.答案是A.27. My mother ________________________________ some washing when the teleph one rang.( )A. doesB. didC. is doingD. was doing【考点】F6:时态辨析.【分析】电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服.【解答】答案：D.考查时态.句意"电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服.".A第三人称单数.B过去时.C现在进行时态.D过去进行时态.由rang过去式，可知表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作，这里指电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服，用过去进行时态，结构是was/were+动词的现在分词.主语是mother单数，用was. do的现在分词是doing.答案是D.28. Lily is my classmate. We ________________________ each other since she came to our school.( )A. knowB. knewC. have knownD. will know【考点】F5:现在完成时.【分析】莉莉是我的同学，自从她来我们学校我们就认识彼此了.【解答】答案：C.结合可知动作发生在过去，对现在造成一定的影响，故用现在完成时have/has+过去分词，主语we.故have,故答案是C.29. The mobile phone ______________________ in 1973.( )A. inventsB. is inven tedC. inven tedD. was inven ted【考点】GA语态的辨析.【分析】手机是1973发明的.【解答】答案：D.考查被动语态.句意"手机是1973发明的.".A第三人称单数.B一般现在时态的被动语态.C过去时.D 一般过去时态的被动语态.结合语境1973年，可知应该是一般过去时态，因此A，B不正确.主语mobile phone 手机，是动词invent"发明"动作的承受者，因此用一般过去时态的被动语态，结构是was/were+动词的过去分词，C不正确.答案是D.30. ---------- J udy, could you tell me ________ the schoolbag----- Oh，yes. I bought it in a store on the Internet.（）A. where did you buyB. where will you buyC. where you boughtD. where you will buy【考点】K5:宾语从句.【分析】--朱蒂，你能告诉我你在哪里买的书包吗？哦，是的.我在网上的一家商店买的.【解答】答案：C.根据Could you tell me __ ?再结合选项，可知could you tell me后面是跟一个宾语从句，宾语从句中应该用陈述语序，即主语+谓语，所以排除AB.再根据I bought it in a store on the In ternet.是说我在网上的一家商店买的. 可知是一般过去时，排除D，故选：C.五、完形填空（共15分，每小题1.5分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C D四个选项中，选择最佳选项.31.A Mea ningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader. To pass her Civics course(公民课程),she had to do some volun teer service in a nursing home for a weekOne Mon day，Emily went to the nursing home after school. When she arrived, shewas told she would(31) B an hour every weekday with an elderly lady, Mrs. Blair. She was then ledinto a room, where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofaEmily (32) _C awkwardly (别扭地)in front of the lady . She cleared her throat and said, "Good after noon rm Emily.""Good after noon , Emily. Take a seat please. "Mrs. Blair replied.Then, (33) D filled the space between them. Emily wondered what to say."Tell me about yourself, Emily, "Mrs . Blair said suddenly."Well, "Emily started , "I don't have any grandparents , so I can't relate to elderly people much. I love the performing arts. rm here mainly because I have to(34) C here to get a good grade for my Civics class"Mrs. Blair did n't seem to (35) A . "Ma ny people, especially tee ns, don't seem to care about old people like me. Now you are here, and rm going to change that about you. Ask me anything."Emily thought for a mome nt, and fin ally decided, "What was your job?""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s "Mrs . Blair answered."Cool!Can you tell me about it? "Emily asked amazed.Mrs. Blair smiled. "Back then, only the lead actress had the honor to wear a (36)。

2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷-教师用卷

2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷-教师用卷

2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷副标题一、单选题（本大题共10小题，共10.0分）1.My father is great and ________ always helps others．（）A. heB. hisC. himD. himself【答案】A【解析】此题考察人称代词，he ，他，人称代词主格，一般放在句首做主语；his他的，形容词性物主代词，一般放于名词前做定语，表示一种所属关系．his，也可以做名词性物主代词，相当于名词；him 他；宾格，一般放在动词和介词后面作宾语．himself 反身代词，意思是他自己，此题是and连接前后两个句子，后面一个句子缺少主语，因此应该用人称代词主格．故选：A．我的爸爸很伟大，他总是帮助其他人．此题考查人称代词的用法，在熟知人称代词的意思和用法的基础之上，结合具体的题目要求，仔细分析，便可以得出正确答案．2.Mother's Day is ________ the second Sunday in May．（）A. inB. onC. atD. of【答案】B【解析】表示时间时，in表示是在几月，在哪一年；on表示在具体的某一天，或者是具体的某一天的上午，下午，晚上．at表示在几点；此题表示在第二个星期天，是具体的某一天，因此用on．故选：B．母亲节在五月的第二个星期天．题考查时间介词的应用，在熟知每个介词的意思和用法的基础之上，结合具体的题目，仔细分析，便可以得出正确答案．3.-Do you know that the dog can call the police for help？（）-Really It's ________ thing I have heard．A. interestingB. more interestingC. the more interestingD. the most interesting【答案】D【解析】分析句子，结合选项，推测意思是你知道狗能叫警察帮忙吗？真的吗？这是我曾听到的最有趣的事情了．这里表示最高级的含义，定冠词the+形容词的最高级．故选：D．你知道狗能叫警察帮忙吗？真的吗？这是我曾听到的最有趣的事情了．解答这类试题时，务必充分理解上下文的语境和前后文的逻辑关系，找到解题的依据，同时正确区分选项的细微差别，准确作答．4.Remember to exercise every day， ________ you will get fat．（）A. andB. butC. orD. so【答案】C【解析】分析句子，结合选项，推测意思是记得每天锻炼，否则你将变胖．A和，B但，C否则，D因此．故选：C．记得每天锻炼，否则你将变胖．解答这类试题时，务必充分理解上下文的语境和前后文的逻辑关系，找到解题的依据，同时正确区分选项的细微差别，准确作答．5.-________ I hand in my homeword today-No， you needn't． You can do it tomorrow．（）A. CanB. MayC. MustD. Would【答案】C【解析】结合选项可知本题考查情态动词，首先明确选项中每个单词的意思：A：能够；B：可以；C：必须；D：愿意；结合题干推测答语的句意是"--我今天必须交作业吗？--不，没必要．明天就行． "，所以设空处情态动词的意思是"必须"，must 符合句意．故选：C．--我今天必须交作业吗？--不，没必要．明天就行．本题考查了情态动词的用法．解答时首先根据题干明确句意，理解所给选项中每个情态动词的意思并熟练掌握它们的用法，便可作出正确选择．6.I'm sorry that you've missed the bus． It ________ 10minutes ago．（）A. leftB. is leavingC. leavesD. will leave【答案】A【解析】根据句中时间状语为10 minutes ago，故确定为一般过去时态，故填入谓语动词leave的过去式left．故选：A．很抱歉你错过了公共汽车，10分钟前就走了．正确理解句子的时态，结合题意，给出答案．7.-________ did you travel to Shanghai to business？-By train．（）A. HowB. WhatC. WhereD. When【答案】A【解析】分析句子，结合选项，推测意思是你是怎样去上海出差的？乘火车．A怎样，B什么，C哪里，D何时．故选：A．你是怎样去上海出差的？乘火车．解答这类试题时，务必充分理解上下文的语境和前后文的逻辑关系，找到解题的依据，同时正确区分选项的细微差别，准确作答．8.My brother ________ cartoons when I got home．（）A. watchesB. has watchedC. is watchingD. was watching 【答案】D【解析】根据句中的时间状语为when I got home一般过去时态，可推知当我到家时，我弟弟正在看卡通片．即强调的是过去某个时间正在进行和发生的动作，故确定为过去进行时态，其结构为was/were+现在分词，故填入was watching．故选：D．当我到家时，我弟弟正在看卡通片．正确理解句子的时态，结合题意，给出答案．9.Most of the Earth's surface ________ by water．（）A. coverB. is coveredC. was coveredD. covered【答案】B【解析】根据该句描述的是客观事实故确定为一般现在时态，主语Most of the Earth's surface 是谓语动词cover的承受者，二者形成被动关系，故确定为被动语态，故该句的谓语动词为一般现在时态的被动语态，其结构为is/am/are+及物动词的过去分词，主语是三单．故选：B．地球表面大部分被水覆盖着．考查语态，要结合情景，选择合适的被动语态或时态，完成试题．正确理解被动语态是关键．10.-Jim， can you tell me ________？-Next month．（）A. when did you go on a school tripB. when will you go on a school tripC. when you went on a school tripD. when you will go on a school trip【答案】D【解析】根据can you tell me ？再结合选项，可知can you tell me 后面是跟一个宾语从句，宾语从句中应该用陈述语序，即主语+谓语，所以排除A，B．从Next month判断句子使用一般将来时．故选：D．--吉姆，你能告诉我你什么时候去学校旅行吗？--下个月．本题主要考查宾语从句，一定要注意宾语从句的引导词，以及宾语从句的时态和语序问题．把握好这几点，是做好此类题目的关键！二、完形填空（本大题共10小题，共15.0分）The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly scorned middle-school swimming team．The atmosphere（气氛）on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of （31）______．However，the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared（盯着）in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents（对手）．Halfway through the meet，Coach Huey realized that be had no swimmers for one of the events．"Okay team，who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle？" the coach asked．Several hands went up，including Justin Rigsbee's．"I'll race，Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said，"Justin，this race is twenty lengths of the pool．I've only seen you swim eight．""Oh，I can do it，Coach．Let me try．"Coach Huey finally agreed，not （32）______though．After all，he thought，it's not the winning but the trying that builds （33）______．The whistle（哨子）blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds．The winners got together to socialize while our group （34）______to finish．After four more long minutes，the last tired members of our team got out of the water．The last except for Justin．Justin was （35）______breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward．It appeared that he would go under at any minute．Yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward．"Why doesn't the coach stop this child？" the parents spoke among themselves．"He looks like he's not going to make it，and the race was won four minutes ago．"But what the parents did not realize was that the real race，the race of a boy becoming a man，was just （36）______．The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke．The parents thought，"Oh，he's finally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself．"But to their （37）______．the coach stepped back from the pool's edge，and the young man continued to swim．One teammate，inspired by his brave friend，went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued．"Come on，Justin，you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another，then another，until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and （38）______their teammate to finish the race set before him．Their opponents saw what was happening and （39）______them．Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer．Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown，a tired but （40）______Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool，The standing ovation （起立鼓掌）they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his，just for finishing the race．11. A. friends B. holidays C. training D. victory12. A. willingly B. nervously C. curiously D. seriously13. A. friendship B. bridgea C. success D. character14. A. learned B. started C. tried D. failed15. A. stealing B. holding C. losing D. wasting16. A. ending B. beginning C. canceled D. organized17. A. shame B. joy C. surprise D. satisfaction18. A. teaching B. encouraging C. forcing D. asking19. A. left B. stopped C. guided D. joined20. A. crying B. energetic C. smiling D. helpful【答案】【小题1】D 【小题2】A 【小题3】D 【小题4】C 【小题5】A 【小题6】B 【小题7】C 【小题8】B 【小题9】D 【小题10】C 【解析】31．D 32．A 33．D 34．C35．A 36．B 37．C 38．B 39．D 40．C31．D考查名词，A．friends朋友B．holidays假期C．training训练D．victory胜利，根据文章第一句提到了是中学游泳队成立以来的第一次比赛，后一句提到对手，由此可知三个小时的车程令人兴奋，因为整个队伍都在想着胜利的事情，故选D．32．A考查副词，A．willingly愿意地B．nervously紧张地C．curiously好奇地D．seriously严肃地，根据前文的内容可知， Justin从来没有参加过这种距离的比赛，但教练最终同意他参赛是迫不得已、不情愿的．因前面有否定词not，故选A．33．D考查名词，A．friendship友谊B．bridgea桥C．success成功D．character品格，根据上下文的内容可知，这里教练让 Justin上场已经不是为了贏得比赛，而是让他不断尝试，塑造品格．同时最后男孩的表现也说明他最终战胜了自己，故选D．34．C考查动词，A．learned学习B．started开始C．tried尝试D．failed失败，根据句中 while表示对比，对方已经赢得了比赛，而我们队还处在努力完成比赛的过程中，故选C．35．A考查动词，A．stealing偷B．holding握住C．losing失去D．wasting浪费，根据It appeared that he would go under at any minute..可知他此刻的状态很煎熬，用手拍打水面是为了呼吸，抓住机会"偷一口气"，故选A．36．B考查动词，A．ending结束B．beginning开始C．canceled删除D．organized 组织，根据the race of a boy becoming a man， was just …，结合语境可知，家长们显然没有意识到，比赛虽然快要结束了，但男孩成长为男人的比赛才刚刚开始，故选B．37．C考查吗从，A．shame害羞B．joy高兴C．surprise惊讶D．satisfaction满意，根据前一句提到家长们认为教练要把 Justin从水里拉出来，空后提到教练返回泳池边，男孩继续游泳，结合备选词的感情色彩，结合to their，可知是to their surprise让他们感到惊讶的，故选C．38．B考查动词，A．teaching教B．encouraging鼓励C．forcing强迫D．asking 问，根据and连接并列的结构，感情色彩应保持致，由 cheering for可知他们鼓励队友完成比赛，故选B．39．D考查动词，A．left离开B．stopped停止C．guided引导D．joined加入，根据下文Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave cou rage to one small swimmer．可知是整个屋子都在加油鼓气，说明队员和对手都在给 Justin 加油，由此可知对手看到所有队员为男孩加油的一幕，也加入他们当中，故选D．40．C考查动词，A．crying哭的B．energetic有活力的C．smiling微笑的D．helpful 有用的，根据but转折可知， Justin终于完成了比赛，虽累但很开心，故选C．本文是一篇记叙文．对于新成立的游泳队来说第一次比赛是令人期待的，然而教练Huey 突然发现其中一个游泳项目没有安排合适的选手．在自自告奋勇后，教练同意 Justin参加．虽然和对方比起来 Justin明显不是最佳人选，但在比赛过程中他不放弃的精神使他成为了最后的赢家．解答完形填空题需要快速阅读全文，了解文章大意，再带着选项去读，边读边做，注意联系上下文．三、阅读理解（本大题共15小题，共30.0分）A21.What's the cost of Master Chef？______A. 140B. 135C. 260D. 16022.In Musical Theater，children will create their own plays______．A. to learn basic techniquesB. to improve speaking skillsC. to develop their creativityD. to take part in games23.Which course provides a packed lunch？______A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo24.The passage in a（n）______．A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisement 【答案】【小题1】A 【小题2】C 【小题3】C 【小题4】D【解析】41．A 细节理解题，根据文段Master Chef段落中Cost： 140费用140元，可知道大厨的费用是140元．故选A．42．C 细节理解题，根据文段Musical Theatre段落中They will learn basic singing techniques， improve acting skills and create plays to develop t heir creativity．他们将学习基本的歌唱技巧，提高演技，并创造剧本，培养其创造力．可知在音乐剧里，孩子们会创作自己剧本的目的是培养其创造力．故选C．43．C 细节理解题，根据文段Water Sports段落中A packed lunch will be provided．将提供一顿盒装午餐．可知选C．44．D 推理判断题，判断文章出处，根据文段开头Welcome to our holiday Activity Courses 欢迎参加我们的假期活动课程，结尾We look forward to welcoming you!我们期待着您的光临！可知文章是一则广告，A letter信件B story故事C poem诗歌D advertisement广告，故选D．本文介绍了一个为7至15岁孩子提供的假期课程活动：厨师长课程、音乐剧课程、水上运动和柔道．并简要介绍了各项课程的内容，费用和时间等情况．解答这类试题时，务必先读题干，找到关键词，再在文中找到关键句，理解关键句子的意思，结合上下文的语境和前后文的逻辑关系，从而找到解题的依据，并进行推理和判断．BQiu Shaochun is the most famous leaf-blowing musician inChina．The-year-old has performed in more thancountries and areas．beginning almost twenty years ago，when he toured Spain，France and Italy with a theatercompany from Xiamen，Fujian Province．Growing up in a Fujian village，Qiu would spend hourslistening to fishermen make music by blowing on leaves．He learned the skill from his father，a high school music teacher．Later，he majored （主修）in Erhu and became a successful Erhu player．But he never gave up on his childhood dream of making leaf-blowing his career．He achieved this when he joined the traveling theater company from Xiamen in 1996．Qiu is trying to bring leaf-blowing to a higher level．Over the years，he has learned how to play three octaves （八度音阶）on a leaf．In addition to Chinese songs，he also plays well-known foreign ones．He has also improved his playing methods by controlling and adjusting （调节）his breath．"Leaves may be the oldest and simplest musical instrument in the world，" he said．People learned to play the leaf more than 10000 years ago for fun and communication．Though any kind of leaf can be used as an instrument，it is important to choose tough （坚韧的），smooth and thin leaves．Qiu prefers the leaves of the banyan，the city tree of Fuzhou，where he now lives．He is now trying hard to spread leaf-blowing．Qiu was invited to give talks and performances on the campus of the Chinese University of Hong Kong，encouraging a group of 15 people，including several professors，to take up leaf-blowing as a bobby．25.Qiu learned the skill of leaf-blowing from______．A. his fatherB. fishermenC. an Erhu PlayerD. a theater manager26.Qiu made leaf-blowing his career when______．A. he lived in SpainB. he finished his high schoolC. he was 53 years oldD. he joined the theater company27.According to the passage，10000 years ago，people played the leaf for______．A. health and self-protectionB. fun and communicationC. playing three octavesD. controlling and adjusting breath28.Why did Qiu go to the Chinese University of Hong Kong？______A. To improve his skillsB. To collect banyan leavesC. To spread the art of leaf-blowingD. To encourage people to travel【答案】【小题1】A 【小题2】D 【小题3】B 【小题4】C【解析】45．A．细节理解题．根据"He learned the skill from his father， a high school music teacher． "可知，他跟他爸爸学会的吹树叶．故答案为A．46．D．细节理解题．根据"He achieved this when he joined the traveling theater company from Xiamen in 1996．Qiu is trying to bring leaf-blowing to a higher level． "可知，他把吹树叶作为职业，自从他在1996年从厦门加入旅游剧院公司．故答案为D．47．B．细节理解题．根据"People learned to play the leaf more than 10000 years ago for fun and communication"可知，10000多年前，人们为了娱乐和交流而学会了吹树叶．故答案为B．48．C．细节理解题．根据"He is now trying hard to spread leaf-blowing． Qiu was invited to give talks and performanc es on the campus of the Chinese University of Hong Kong， encouraging a group of 15 people， including several professors， to take up leaf-blowing as a bobby．"可知，他到香港中文大学是为了传播吹树叶艺术．故答案为C．文章大意：邱少春是中国著名的树叶演奏艺术家．本文介绍了邱少春的专业特点、成就，以及他对吹树叶艺术的传播和推广．阅读理解的做题技巧：先浏览所给的问题以及选择项，然后带着问题在通读原文的基础上快速地找到答案，然后再回过头来检查一遍，确保万无一失．还有，最好把答案所在的句子划出来，以便回来检查时更加的省时省力．CHelp! Is This MyBodyHas this ever happened to you？You're dressing for a party and when you pull on your favorite years，you can no longer button them．If you've ever felt out of step with your body，you're not alone．We become more aware of （意识）looks right around the time our bodies begin changing．This can make physical changes difficult to deal with emotionally．Getting used to a changing body is about more than just looks，though，Lots of teens base theirself-image （自我形象）on how their bodies feel and perform．Changes in our bodies' appearance，performance-even such small details as the way they smell-are all perfectly normal parts of growing up．So what can you do to help become more comfortable with your body physically and emotionally Here are some ideas．Don't compare! It's natural to look at our friends for comparison．But it's not a good idea．Comparing ourselves with others is problematic became everyone develops differently and at different times．If you go through a growth sport （increase）early，you may feel too tall．Yet your friend may be thinking that he or she is too small．It's usually hardest for the people who develop first or last．Treat your body well．Making educated choices about food exercise is part of developing a mind and life of your own．Healthy eating and exercise can also give you some control over how your body turns out．Many teens stop playing sports around the time their bodies develop．You can still do any activity if you really are interested in it．It's also all right to switch （转换）to another activity．Don't stop exploring how your body feels．Do different activities that help you become more familiar with your body．Walk tall-even if you're not! There's not much you can do about your height or development，but you can focus on what you really like about yourself．Maybe it's your curly hair or the dimple （酒窝）you get when you smile．Maybe it's that you are a really thoughtful person or you are good at making people laugh．As your body changes，it can help to work on good posture and walk with a sense of confidence．After doing this for a while，you'll probably become more confident too．Accept and appreciate your body，no matter what it looks like right now．and-just like a good friend-it can do a lot for you in return!29.What does the writer think of comparing oneself with others______A. It's good way to build teens' self-confidence．B. It's wrong because not everyone wants to be perfect．C. It's necessary if teens want to know how well their bodies develop．D. it's unreasonable because teens' bodies don't develop at the same speed．30.What does the writer suggest teens do in Paragraph 4______A. Stop playing dangerous sports．B. Eat more to get more energy．C. Make wise food and exercise choices．D. Do different activities that strengthen the body．31.What's the writer's purpose of writing this passage______A. To encourage teens to be different from other．B. To advise teens to properly deal with their body changes．C. To invite teens to join in more sports and have a healthier diet．D. To help teens realize that their bodies are always changing．【答案】【小题1】D 【小题2】C 【小题3】B【解析】49 D 细节理解题，根据题干中关键信息comparing oneself with others可以定位到原文Don't compare! 段中的Comparing ourselves with others is problematic became everyone develops differently and at different times．拿自己和别人比较是不对的，因为每个人在不同的阶段都有不同的发展，故选D．50 C 细节理解题，根据题干中关键信息in Paragraph 4定位到原文第四段，根据该段中Making educated choices about food exercise is part of developing a mind and life of your ow n．对食物和运动进行有根据的选择，是发展你自己的思维和生活的一部分，故选C．51 B 主旨大意题，根据题干What's the writer's purpose of writing this passage？作者写这篇文章的目的是什么？本篇课文结构清晰，第一段引入话题我们的身体一直变化之中，第二段承上启下，提出那么你能做些什么来帮助身体和情绪变得更舒服呢？第三至五段提出三个建议．最后一段进行总结，我们要学会接受和欣赏你的身体，故选B．青少年在发育的过程中，身体变化很大，怎么适应这样的变化呢？作者给出了以下几点建议，1不比较，2改善食物和坚持锻炼善待自己的身体，3昂首挺胸地走路，要学会接受和欣赏你的身体，不管它现在看起来怎么样，就像一个好朋友一样，它可以为你做很多事情！解答这类型题时，务必要先读题干，找到关键词，再在文中找到关键句，根据关系句的意思，结合上下文的语境和前后文的逻辑关系，从而找到答题依据，并进行推理判断．DMindlessly checking Facebook makes you an awful lot like a labrat （老鼠）continuously pushing a button in order to get a treat．When you check your phone，your brain gets its own little zing；Someone might be talking about you on Facebook! NoReload．Maybe your Instagram got a heart! Reload．Reload．But you're no rat．Human brains can fight the ways apps hijackour brains，if we learn some skills to deal with this problem．Are Facebook or Twitter "addictions" （瘾）？Recent scientific research about social media （媒体）doesn't agree on that term，but evidence （证据）that we aren't doing well is present at dinner tables where everyone is staring at screens，and at crosswalks where absent-minded people walk into traffic．I became mindful of my early-morning bad habits．Pre-coffee，half awake，I'd lie there for an hour with my phone．So I called up psychologists，brain scientists and app designers for advice on what actually would help me．Surprisingly，they didn't tell me to immediately stop，but instead told me I needed the skills for managing social media as part of my life．Limit Triggers （诱因）Our brains are made to quickly eat up information．So why let social-media companies decide when to attract you Turn off app notifications （通告）on your phone and computer．Especially for live video broadcasts．They are designed to create the fear of missing out．Avoid QuicksandWhen you're on Facebook，it is easy to red one article，then another．Nir Eyal，author of the 2014 book "Hooked" says he forces himself not to read anything right away．Instead，he saves articles to a service called Pocket，which reads them aloud while he's at the gym．We hurt ourselves when we use social media as a break from serious work．Our brains need a chance to be empty．Research suggests the best way to help your brain focus is exercise，even for a short period．Staring into space would be better than refreshing Facebook．Make New NormsNot that long ago，you could be fired for not paying attention during a meeting or class；now，many openly use their phones or laptops．Bosses could set a better work culture by providing charging（充电）stations at meetings where everyone could leave their phones，then focus on the discussion at hand．Mr．Eyal suggests you try shaming friends who have bad habits -if you do it politely．If someone is not listening to you at dinner．ask，"Is everything OK？" The answer might start an important conversation．Tech Should HelpThe social-media industry has a responsibility here，too．Since companies usually know exactly how much time users spend on their apps．they should offer help to people who have problem behavior．And for the rest for the rest of us，let's encourage app makers to make their products more helpful，not more demanding of our time．32.What does the underlined word "hijack" in Paragraph 3probably mean？______A. Wash．B. Hurt．C. Control．D. Empty．33.Why does Mr．Eyal save articles to Pocket？______A. To rest his tired brain．B. To refresh his Facebook immediatelyC. To get more time to exercise．D. To avoid being attracted by social media．34.What is the best title of this passage？______A. Take a break from busy life．B. Free your brain from social media．C. Separate social life your work．D. Keep your life away from apps．35.What can we infer from the passage？______A. The social-media industry should make more app products．B. People with problem behavior should ask brain scientists for help．C. We should decide when to connect to social media by ourselves．D. A company with charging stations must have a better work culture．【答案】【小题1】C 【小题2】D 【小题3】B 【小题4】C【解析】52．C．考查语义猜测题，根据上文When you check your phone， your brain gets its own little zing； Someone might be talking about you on Facebook! No？ Reload． Maybe your Instagram got a heart! Reload． Relo ad．可知：当你检查手机时，你的大脑会得到它自己的小活力．有人可能在脸谱网上谈论你！不？重新加载．可能会你的照片分享会得到一颗星！重新加载．结合文中Human brains can fight the ways apps hijack our brains…可知这里应该是指：程序控制你的大脑．故选：C．53．D．考查细节理解题，根据Instead， he saves articles to a service called Pocket， which reads them aloud while he's at t he gym．We hurt ourselves when we use social media as a break from serious work．Our br ains need a chance to be empty．可知：把文章保存到一种叫Pocket的服务，以便受到社交媒体的打扰．故选：D．54．B．考查文章主旨大意题，根据文中几个小标题Limit Triggers，Avoid Quicksand，Make New Norms，Tech Should Help可以推断出：把你的大脑从社交媒体中解放出来．故选：B．，55．C．考查推理判断题，根据…evidence （证据） that we aren't doing well is present at dinner tables where everyone is staring at screens， and at crosswalks where absent-minded people walk into traffic．以及下文I became mindful of my early-morning bad habits． Pre-coffee， half awake， I'd lie there for an hour with my phone． So I called up psychologists， brain scientists and app designersfor advice on what actually would help me．可以推断出：我们应该决定什么时候连接到社交媒体．故选：C．文中通过脸谱网使人们上瘾，告诫人们要把大脑从社交媒体中解放出来．首先要通读全文，掌握大意，然后根据上下文的联系以及本文的文意，结合给出的选择项，就可以确定正确答案．四、补充句子（本大题共1小题，共2.0分）36.When I was a child．There were street vendors （小贩）who were selling perfume （香水）．They were carryinga box with perfume bottles and selling then．（56）______One day，I went shopping with my father in myhometown．My father went to the nearestperfume-vendor．They talked a little．（57）______．Theperfume -vendor had a lot of big bottles of perfume and a big metal syringe．He putperfume from a big bottle into a smaller one by using that syringe．Anyway ，it was done …Suddenly I noticed that the perfume-vendor was coming near me with his syringe!（58）______．Oh my God! At that time I rushed out to the street and started to run．I even left my father there and ran home madly．（59）______．He said："What happened？Why did you run away and leave me there？" I said，"The perfume-vendor wanted to inject（注射）me in the head．" My fatherlaughed every hard and said，" （60）______-He just wanted to spray（喷洒）a little perfume on you，so your hair would smell nice，and you thought he wanted to inject you，ha!"I have to say that I really thought that．I was afraid of injections even if I got ill and【答案】【小题】【小题2】D【小题3】B【小题4】C【小题5】A【解析】56．E 细节理解题，根据There were street vendors （小贩）who were selling perfume （香水）．推出选项E"Sometimes they were waiting on the street to sell their perfume 有时他们在街上等着卖香水"符合语境，故选E．57．D 细节理解题，根据My father went to the nearest perfume-vendor． They talked a little，推出爸爸想买香水，选项D" My father wanted to buy a few mini-bottles我父亲想买几瓶小瓶"符合语境，故选D．58．B 细节理解题，根据coming near me with his syringe，可知商贩在靠近我，推出选项B" He kept coming closer and closer他越来越近了"符合语境，故选B．59．C 细节理解题，根据He said： "What happened？可知爸爸在问我怎么了，推出爸爸回到家了，推出选项C" Ten minutes later， my father came home十分钟后，我的父亲回家了"，符合语境，故选C．60．A 细节理解题，根据He just wanted to spray（喷洒）a little perfume on you他只是想给你喷点香水，推出选项A" He didn't want to inject you他不想给你注射"符合语境，故选A．文章大意：文章讲述了作者跟父亲一起买香水，当卖香水的商贩想给作者喷点香水时，作者以为他要给自己注射，下的跑回了家．作者一直害怕看到注射器．做题时首先对原文材料迅速浏览，掌握全文的主旨大意．其次，细读题材，各个击破．掌握全文的大意之后，细细阅读材料后的问题，弄清每题要求后，带着问题，再回到原文中去寻找、捕获有关信息．五、阅读填空（本大题共1小题，共10.0分）37. A Smile， by Cholce!"I want this report before Sunday! Your deadline!" Robin， my boss， shouted at me as usual． On a Friday evening， that meant my weekend plan would be destroyed． "Sir ， I may need some more time． I will try my best for earlier but， Tuesday for sure，sir．" Though it was useless， I tried to express my unwillingness to work on the weekend．I was disappointed and upset．I came to my desk， but I couldn't go on with my work． I decided to leave for the day and come early to work on Saturday morning． What was worse， I couldn't get my car going． So I decided to take a taxi． As I got close to the road． I became more disappointed． It was raining heavily． I ran to take cover under a tree． Getting wet was adding to my unhappiness big time． Why always me？ I could not stop pitying myself． I had no reason to smile or be kappy．While I was waiting， I saw a little girl in a dirty and dusty shirt under a iny roof（屋檐）nearby． Her hair looked untidy． She was playing with a puppy on her lap． Puppy w as a street dog just like the girl．Both of them appeared happy with each other． The girl took out a piece of bread from her bag． She held the bread's corner in her mouth inviting the dog to catch the bread．When the dog managed to get the bread， the girl laughed and hugged the puppy tight． Her laughter was carefree． I had not realized； my eyes were moist（湿润的）with tears．I had not thought about my office， my disappointment， my unhappiness even for a moment since watching this little girl． She did not want what I wanted． She had nothing that I had． However， she had what I lacked（缺乏）-the spirit to be happy， the ability to find a reason to smile．She had unknowingly taught me a priceless lesson． Happiness does not depend on wha t you have； it depends on what you think of what you have． If she could laugh in the situation she was in， who was stopping me？ Me， myself!With a new understanding of life． I started walking in the rain． Yes， I was smiling ． I had learnt stealing a smile， by choice， from little moments of life．61． Did the boss ask the writer to hand in the report before Sunday？______62． How did the writer feel when he came to his desk？______63． What was the girl doing when the writer saw her？______64． Compared with the girl， what did the writer lack？______65． What does the writer learn from the girl？______【答案】Yes．；Disappointed and upset．；She was playing with a dog．；The spirit to be happy and the ability to find a reason to smile．；Happiness does not depend on what you have，but depends on what you think of what you have and nobody can stop you smiling at life．【解析】61．Yes．细节理解题，根据"I want this report before Sunday! Your deadline!" Robin， my boss， shouted at me as usua l．可知老板要在星期天之前上交报告，故得出答案．62．Disappointed and upset．细节理解题，根据I was disappointed and upset．I came to my desk，可知作者回到办公桌感到失望心烦，故得出答案．63．She was playing with a dog．细节理解题，根据 She was playing with a puppy on her lap， Puppy was a street dog just like the girl．可知小女孩正在和小狗玩，故得出答案．64．The spirit to be happy and the ability to find a reason to smile．细节理解题，根据However， she had what I lacked（缺乏）-the spirit to be happy， the ability to find a reason to smile．和小女孩相比，作者缺少精神快乐，能找到一个微笑的理由，故得出答案．65．Happiness does not depend on what you have，but depends on what you think of what you have and nobody can stop you smiling at life．细节理解题，根据She had unknowingly taught me a priceless lesson． Happiness does not depend on what you have； it depends on what you think of what you have．她不知不觉地给我上了无价的一课，幸福并不取决于你拥有什么，这取决于你对你所拥有的东西的看法，故得出答案．文章大意：作者因为工作原因而感到沮丧，埋怨，在路上避雨时遇到一个小女孩，小女孩的天真烂漫和快乐的情形感染了作者．作者突然意识到：幸福并不取决于你拥有什么，这取决于你对你所拥有的东西的看法．。

2017海淀,西城,东城,丰台,朝阳一模英语试题（含答案）

2017海淀,西城,东城,丰台,朝阳一模英语试题（含答案）

2017海淀,西城,东城,丰台,朝阳⼀模英语试题（含答案）海淀区⾼三年级第⼆学期期中练习第⼆部分：知识运⽤（共两节，45分）21. —What do you think of the two designs?—Frankly, I like ______ of them. Please show me a third one.A. anyB. eitherC. neitherD. both22. Mobike is a popular service ______ brings convenience to us.A. whichB. whereC. whenD. who23. Your attitude ______ life determines how happy or unhappy you are.A. towardsB. withC. onD. for24. —You’re so excited. What’s up?—I ______ as a volunteer in the coming Art Festival.A. had been acceptedB. have been acceptedC. had acceptedD. have accepted25. Like great athletes or scientists, great teachers have the ability ______ others as well.A. inspiringB. inspireC. inspiredD. to inspire26. The newly-published dictionary will be of great help to foreigners______ Chinese.A. learnB. learntC. learningD. having learnt27. Chinese poetry ______ the focus of attention in February, 2017 due to the hit TV show Chinese Poetry Conference.A. is becomingB. has becomeC. becomesD. became28. At this time tomorrow I ______ on the beach in Sanya, enjoying the sunshine there.A. will be lyingB. lieC. will lieD. am lying29. When in a traffic jam, I often listen to my favorite music to relax.A. trappingB. trappedC. to trapD. having trapped30. Enjoying a fresh morning is important ______ it can set the mood for the rest of the day.A. unlessB. ifC. becauseD. although31. Zheng He’s ships ______ the west coast of Africa long before Europeans arrived there.A. will visitB. have visitedC. would visitD. had visited32. Have you ever wondered ______ you can feel the wind but cannot see it?A. whyB. howC. whatD. whether33. My mother wants to decorate our rooms in a modern look ______ my father prefers a traditional style.A. as long asB. asC. whileD. now that34. — Could we phone our English teacher now?—Not now. I’m afraid he ______ be driving.A. shallB. mayC. willD. can35. Waiters are requested to treat every customer as if they ______ guests in their own house.A. areB. wereC. would beD. had beenCAABD CDABC DACBB第⼆节完形填空（共20⼩题；每⼩题1.5分，共30分）A Commitment to LifeThe snow was falling and the roads had become dangerous. Theschools were dismissed early, but much to my surprise, my 36wasn’t canceled. So I went, feeling especially heroic. As far as I couldsee, I was risking my life to keep my 37 . Snow or no snow, I would be on time for my scheduled donation at the local 38 center.When I got there, I discovered I wasn’t 39 . Four more ―hero-types‖ were already lying back in donor chairs with lines 40 to their veins, and machines quietly pumping away to 41 their lifesaving gifts.Seeing my fellow donors honoring their own commitments, I realized why I was there. I lay back in my donor chair, ready to make a difference in the life of someone I would never 42 .To be honest, I’d never really thought about why I donate. I just do it. But a few months ago, during one of my 43 donations I learned that my blood was specifically for a cancer patient and for a newborn baby—both pati ents needed what I would give in order to live. I’ve viewed my visits to the blood center 44 ever since.My wife Karen is a 45 , too. And more importantly, she has been on the bone marrow (⾻髓) list for fifteen years, ever since she signed up to provide bone marrow to a kindergartner with leukemia(⽩⾎病). That little girl died before Karen’s bone marrow could help her, 46 Karen was called again recently. Her test results were still on file, and it turned out she was a potential 47 for someone else. The caller asked Karen if she would still be willing to become a bone marrow donor. ―Yes,‖ she said and then immediately began answering questions on the pages of paperwork for further testing. It was a race 48 time.I wish I could say that this 49 was won. It wasn’t. The caller later thanked Karen for her participation and asked a few more questions—including whether or not she’d 50 on the donor list. ―Of course, ―Karen a nswered.Last week Karen gave blood and next week I’ll make my usual donation. I’ll 51 an afternoon from my schedule and make an appointment. I don’t know whose life my donation may 52 . Most likely it will be a 53 , but on any day the person needing a blood product could be you or me or maybe a loved one. It is worthwhile to 54 our time to donate.I really do feel 55 every time I donate. And I like the feeling.36. A. appointment B. class C. meeting D. flight37. A. secret B. balance C. shape D. word38. A. service B. shopping C. blood D. care39. A. alone B. welcome C. late D. lucky40. A. exposed B. attached C. applied D. added41. A. examine B. produce C. collect D. clean42. A. meet B. forget C. miss D. recognize43. A. regular B. unexpected C. special D. pleasant44. A. wisely B. differently C. hesitantly D. carefully45. A. receiver B. doctor C. patient D. donor46. A. or B. but C. and D. for47. A. risk B. customer C. match D. partner48. A. beyond B. with C. against D. of49. A. honor B. test C. prize D. race50. A. rank B. sign C. appear D. remain51. A. clear B. separate C. lose D. remove52. A. touch B. affect C. create D. enrich53. A. child B. stranger C. hero D. friend54. A. waste B. save C. kill D. take55. A. empty B. grateful C. proud D. nervousADCAB CAABD BCCDD ABBDC第三部分：阅读理解（共两节，40分）AI am Henry Jekyll. I was born in the 1800s. I inherited(继承) a large fortune, a healthy body and an excellent mind. I was naturally hard-working and soon I was very successful in my job. So the outside world saw a serious, hard-working, successful doctor. Behind this quiet character, however, was a wild, fun-loving, irresponsible young man. Both of them were me. They lived together in the same body.―Was it possible,‖ I wondered, ―to find a drug that could give each side of my character its own separate face and body?‖After much thought and careful study I believed I had found the answer. I had read many scientific books and spent many hours in my laboratory, searching for the right mixture of chemicals to make my drug. At last I got everything ready.Late one night, I mixed everything together and prepared my drug. I watched the smoke rising from the liquid as its color changed from red to purple and at last to green. Then, bravely, I drank every bitter drop.I felt a violent sickness in my stomach and a terrible pain in all my bones. The room seemed to turn round and round and I trembled with fear. Then the fear and pain disappeared and a strange, sweet feeling took its place. Wild thoughts danced through my mind—the wild passions of an evil and cruel stranger. But inside myself I felt younger, lighter, more carefree than ever before. ―If this is pure evil,‖ I thought, ―I like it.‖I stood there, enjoying these strange new thoughts and passions and suddenly realized that I was shorter. So I decided to go to my bedroom in my new body and take a look at myself in the mirror there. As I came into my room, I saw Edward Hyde for the first time.At that time, the good side of my character was stronger than the evil side. Henry Jekyll had his faults, but he was mostly a good, kind man. I believe that is the reason why Edward Hyde was so much smaller than Henry Jekyll. But that was not the only difference between the two men. Henry Jekyll had a kind, open, honest face.B ut pure evil stared out of Edward Hyde’s eyes. I felt no dislike, however. Indeed, I welcomed him. Edward Hyde was me, young and strong and full of life.56. In others’ eyes, the writer was ______.A. wild and successfulB. fun-loving and responsibleC. quiet and irresponsibleD. serious and hard-working57. The writer wanted to find a drug to ______.A. discover the right mixture of chemicalsB. create separate bodies for both sidesC. observe the change of the chemicalsD. make himself smaller but stronger58. From the passage we can learn that the writer ______.A. felt quite delighted right after taking the drugB. preferred kind Henry to pure evil EdwardC. was very sick of the shorter Edward HydeD. was satisfied with both of his bodiesDBDBFour years ago, we asked ourselves: what if we could createa shopping experience with no waiting in lines and no checkout? Or could we create a physical store where customers could simply take what they want and go? Our answer to those questions is Amazon Go, where you could experience the idea of ―just walk out shopping‖.Amazon Go is a new kind of store with no checkout required. We created the world’s most advanced shopping technology, so you nev er have to wait in line. With our ―just walk out shopping‖ experience, simply use the Amazon Go app to enter the store, take the products you want, and go! No lines, no checkout.Our checkout-free shopping experience is made possible by the same types of technologies used in self-driving cars: computer vision, sensor fusion, and deep learning. Our ―just walk out technology‖ automatically detects when products are taken from or returned to the shelves and keeps track of them in your virtual cart. When you’re done shopping, you can just leave the store. Shortly after, we’ll charge your Amazon account and send you a receipt.We offer delicious ready-to-eat breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snack options made fresh every day by our on-site chefs and favorite local kitchens and bakeries. Our selection of foodstuff ranges from bread and milk to cheeses and locally made chocolates. You’ll find well-known brands we love, plus special finds we’re excited to introduce to customers. For a quick home-cooked dinner, pick up one of our chef-designed Amazon Meal Kits, and you can make a meal for two in about 30 minutes.Our 1,800-square-foot shopping space is conveniently compact(紧凑的), so busy customers can get in and out fast. It is located at 2131, 7th Ave, Seattle, WA, on the corner of 7th Avenue and Blanchard Street. All you need is an Amazon account, a supported smartphone, and the free Amazon Go app. Amazon Go is currently only open to Amazon employees in our testing program, and will be open to the public soon.59. From the passage, we can learn that Amazon Go ______.A. is a checkout-free storeB. sells all kinds of goodsC. is open to the publicD. uses unknown technologies60. What is mainly discussed in Paragraph 3?A. When Amazon Go charges.B. How Amazon Go works.C. Where Amazon Go lies.D. What Amazon Go sells.61. Customers pay for the products from Amazon Go by ______.A. paying cash at the counterB. walking out of the storeC. using their Amazon accountsD. scanning smartphones when leaving62. The main purpose of the passage is to ______.A. encourage people to shop onlineB. advise people to work for AmazonC. inform people of a new concept storeD. tell people of the shopping experienceABCCCRunners who encounter visual and auditory(听觉的) distractions(分⼼) may be more likely to suffer leg injuries, according to a research by the Association of Academic Physiatrists in Las Vegas. Runners often seek distractions from the task at hand. Whether it is music, texting, daydreaming, taking in the sights, or propping a book up on the treadmill(跑步机), more often than not a distraction is welcome. But, researchers from the University of Florida have recently discovered that those distractions may lead to injury.Daniel Herman, MD, PhD, assistant professor at University of Florida, and his team conducted a researchon the effect of visual and auditory distractions on 14 runners to determine what effect, if any, these distractions would have on things such as heart rate, how much a runner breathes per minute, how much oxygen is consumed by the body, the speed in which runners apply force to their bodies, and the force the ground applies to the runners’ bodies when they come in contact with it.The runners w ere all injury free at the time of the study and ran 31 miles each week. Dr. Herman’s team had each participant run on a treadmill three separate times. The first time was without any distractions. The second time added a visual distraction, during which the runners concentrated on a screen displaying different letters in different colors with the runners having to note when a specific letter-color combination appeared. The third time added an auditory distraction similar to the visual distraction, with the runners having to note when a particular word was spoken by a particular voice.When compared to running without distractions, the participants had faster application of force to their left and right legs, called loading rate, with auditory and visual distractions. They also experienced an increased amount of force from the ground on both legs, called ground reaction force, with auditory distractions. Finally, the runners tended to breathe heavier and have higher heart rates with visual and auditory distractions than without any distractions at all.―Running in environments with different distractions may unfavorably affect running performance and injury risk,‖ explains Dr. Herman. ―Sometimes these things cannot be avoided, but you may be able to minimize potentially cumulative(累积的) effects. For example, when running a new route in a chaotic environment such as during a destination marathon, you may want to skip listening to something which may require more attention—like a new song playlist.‖Dr. Herman’s team will continue to i nvestigate the potential relationship between distracted running and leg injuries, and any effect this relationship has on different training techniques that use auditory or visual cues.63. Paragraph 2 tells us the research ______.A. processB. questionsC. resultsD. reflection64. Based on the research, runners with auditory distractions tended to ______.A. breathe heavier and have lower heart ratesB. gain a faster speed with slower loading ratesC. apply more force with less oxygen consumptionD. get an increased amount of ground reaction force65. What can we infer from the passage?A. Running with distractions becomes uncommon nowadays.B. Listening to a new song while running guarantees performance.C. Runners are advised to minimize distractions in a destination marathon.D. Runners are more likely to get injured in an environment without distractions.66. What is probably the next task for Dr. Herman’s team?A. What determines training techniques.B. What effective ways can cure leg injuries.C. Why runners use auditory and visual cues.D. How distractions should be used in training.BDCDDIntegrityIntegrity is the quality of being honest and strong about what you believe to be right. The concept of integrity has played a key role in moral philosophy throughout history and is promoted in all societies because of its importance to social relations. Individual integrity is vital to society, one that enables people to make use oftheir capacity for critical reflection, does not force people to take up particular roles and does not encourage individuals to betray each other. Besides, societies can be favorable to the development of individual integrity.Individual integrity can lift up the spirits of the entire society. It can shape the lives of people living in a particular society, the lives of all fellow people and, in its broadest sense, even the destiny(命运) of a nation. By contrast, if those living in the society are corrupt, it could have bad effects, jeopardizing the healthy morality of the society.On the other hand, a society can be favorable to the development of individual integrity. Society expects and requires integrity. A society consisting of people of integrity, and people who never compromise on their principles, could have a positive mark on the personal development of its members. Being a part of such a morally lively community could serve as a basis for absorbing traits of good character. This could be of a distinct advantage to any individuals in the society.However, some social structures are of the wrong sort for some individuals to pursue(追求) integrity. If that is the case, we have to ask questions about the moral nature of society first before raising questions about individual integrity. Questions about integrity may turn out to be about what kind of society it is, rather than about the relationship between individual interests and characteristics of a society. The pursuit of adequate individual integrity often depends, not so much on understanding who one is and what one believes and is committed to, but rather understanding what one’s so ciety is and imagining what it could be.Under no circumstances can we underestimate the importance of human integrity in a society. People, who are honest, trustworthy, compassionate and caring, are the factors decisive in the growth of individuals as well as the development of a society.67. Individual integrity has been valued in society because ______.A. it helps develop philosophyB. it is the basis of critical thinkingC. it is important to social relationsD. it ensures people’s part icular roles68. The underlined word ―jeopardizing‖ in Paragraph 4 probably means ______.A. destroyingB. strengtheningC. assessingD. influencing69. The writer believes that ______.A. social structures guide the formation of individual integrityB. the nature of society is decided by economic developmentC. the pursuit of individual integrity changes with timeD. individual integrity depends on what one believes70. Which of the following shows the development of ideas in this passage?A. B.C. D.CP: Central Point P: Point Sp: Sub-point(次要点) C：ConclusionCAAA第⼆节（共5⼩题；每⼩题2分，共10分）Freshers’ WeekIn British universities, new students have a special name: they are called Freshers. After their A-level exams, young people in the UK often make a fresh start by going to university, which can involve leaving their family and moving to a new city. __71__Freshers’ Week is a chance to make lots of new friends and try out different hobbies. Most universities in the UK have a Union building: a place where students go to have fun. __72__ It also hosts various societies, including sports teams, political groups, etc. Students buy a membership to be part of a society and go to social events to meet others with similar interests. Sometimes there are quite a lot of students in lectures so it is difficult to get to know people in class. Therefore, each subject has its own club, such as the English Society and the Philosophy Society.__73__ Tours of the town, creative workshops and parties are great ways to socialize with others. Sometimes famous singers come and play concerts especially for the new students of the university. There are also opportunities to go on trips to theme parks or other big cities nearby.Students often move into ―halls of residence‖ in their first year. __74__ This is an excellent way to make friends but sometimes it can be difficult if you don’t get along with your new flat-mates or if the shared area gets very messy.Freshers’ Week can be quite an exhausting experience because so many activities happen at once. A lot of students feel homesick when they first arrive on campus and keep themselves very busy to avoid feeling sad about leaving their family. Some students use their new liberty to drink a lot of alcohol and eat unhealthy food during Freshers’ Week. __75__ However, it is supp osed to be the best week of your life, and it is also an opportunity to make friends. Remember that it is only the beginning of your time at university and that you have three years ahead of you.A. Usually it has shops, bars and even underground nightclubs.B. They live in apartments with their own bedrooms but share a kitchen.C. The best part of it is that you can share your interests with people around.D. In Freshers’ Week, lots of activities are organized for Freshers to meet each other.E. Then comes the great opportunity to make friends, join clubs and settle into university life.F. This can cause ―Freshers’ flu‖: people get ill after a week of late nights and non-stop parties.G. The first week of university life is called Freshers’ Week and is both an exciting and scary experience. GADBF第四部分：书⾯表达（共两节，35分）第⼀节（15分）假设你是红星中学⾼三学⽣李华。

西城区中考一模英语试卷

西城区中考一模英语试卷

Part I Listening Comprehension (25 points)Section A (5 points)In this section, you will hear 5 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question, there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer.1. A) He will go to the cinema. B) He will stay at home. C) He willvisit his friend. D) He will go shopping.2. A) The man is late. B) The woman is angry. C) The train is late. D) The man is tired.3. A) She will help the man. B) She will buy a book. C) She will go to the library. D) She will meet the man.4. A) She is a teacher. B) She is a student. C) She is a doctor. D) She is a nurse.5. A) He will go to the park. B) He will visit his grandparents. C) He will go to the beach. D) He will stay at home.Section B (10 points)In this section, you will hear a short passage. At the end of the passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D).6. What is the main topic of the passage?A) The importance of exercise. B) The benefits of a healthy diet.C) The role of sleep in health. D) The effects of stress on the body.7. According to the passage, what is the best way to reduce stress?A) Taking a walk. B) Eating chocolate. C) Drinking coffee. D) Listening to music.8. How does regular exercise affect the body?A) It improves sleep quality. B) It increases stress levels. C) It decreases energy levels. D) It reduces immune system function.9. What is the author's opinion about the importance of sleep?A) It is overrated. B) It is essential for good health. C) It is a waste of time. D) It is a luxury.10. What is the most effective way to maintain a healthy lifestyle according to the passage?A) Exercise regularly. B) Eat a balanced diet. C) Get enough sleep. D) All of the above.Part II Reading Comprehension (30 points)Section A (10 points)Read the following passage and answer the questions.The Internet has become an integral part of our daily lives. It has revolutionized the way we communicate, work, and access information. However, with great power comes great responsibility. The following are some tips to help you stay safe and responsible while using the Internet:1. Keep your personal information private.2. Use strong passwords for your accounts.3. Be cautious when sharing information online.4. Regularly update your software and antivirus programs.5. Be aware of online scams and phishing attempts.11. What is the main purpose of the passage?A) To discuss the benefits of the Internet.B) To highlight the risks of using the Internet.C) To provide tips for safe Internet usage.D) To compare the Internet with other forms of communication.12. According to the passage, what is one of the best ways to protect your personal information online?A) Sharing your password with friends.B) Using simple passwords.C) Keeping your personal information private.D) Regularly changing your passwords.13. What is the author's attitude towards the Internet?A) Negative. B) Positive. C) Indifferent. D) Concerned.Section B (10 points)Read the following passage and complete the table below.The following table shows the population of different countries in 2020. Analyze the data and complete the table with the appropriate information.Country Population (in millions)China 1,439India 1,366United States 332Indonesia 268Brazil 21214. Which country has the largest population?A) China. B) India. C) United States. D) Indonesia.15. Which country has the smallest population?A) China. B) India. C) United States. D) Indonesia.16. Which two countries have the largest population differences?A) China and India. B) United States and Brazil. C) China and United States. D) India and Brazil.Part III Writing (15 points)Write a short essay on the following topic:Do you think online learning is as effective as traditional classroom learning? Give your reasons and examples to support your opinion.Note: Your essay should be about 100-120 words. You should write in a clear and organized manner, using appropriate grammar and vocabulary.。

2017年北京市各区中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集及解析

2017年北京市各区中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集及解析

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集训练东城区A Move to SafetyThe Turners sat at the kitchen table. The sun was shining and filed the kitchen with a warm light. It was a perfect day for having a picnic or going surfing. But in the Turners’ kitchen, no one seemed to be paying attention to the __31__ .“Okay, girls,” said Mrs. Turner. “I can tell by the expressions on your faces that you have a pretty good idea of why we need to have this family __32__ .” Linda and Kala exchanged looks and slowly nodded.“Your mom and I have had many talks lately about the possibility of __33__ ,” said Mr. Turner. “We were hoping that it wouldn’t come to this, but we don’t have other choices.”“But Dad,” said Kala, “Kilauea has been an active volcano（火山）since 1983!Nothing has happened to us or to our house yet. I know we’ll be __34__ here.”“But your dad and I care about all the recent warnings giving by the government.Even though we’ve been safe up to now, there is no way to guarantee（保证）that a larger eruption（喷发）isn’t coming up,” said Mrs. Turner.“Mom, this is our __35__ . I can’t even remember living anywhere else!” Linda said, fighting back tears.Mrs. Turner put an arm around her daughter’s shoulder. “This won’t go __36__ for any of us,” she said. “Dad and I love this house, too. We have so many happy memories here. But we’re tired of living with such uncertainty. The most important thing in the world to us is that our family stays safe.”Mr. Turner __37__ . “Girls, there are other places in Hawaii where we’ll feel safer. We’ll have to give up our house, but you know home is wherever we go as a family. We’ll make new memories, and we’ll find things to love about our new home.”The girls were quiet for a moment as they considered what it would mean to move. “There are so many things I’ll __38__ here,” said Kala quietly.“We all will,” said Mrs. Turner. “But one of the places that your dad and I have looked at is onlya few minutes’ walk to the beach.”Kala and Linda couldn’t help _39__ when they heard that. They both spent every spare minute they had surfing. If their parents told them that they could actually live in the water, they would have been perfectly happy.Mr. Turner walked around to the other side of the table. He put one large hand on each of his daughter’s shoulders. “I’m proud of you two,” he said. “Thank you for trying to __40__ why this is so important to your mom and me.”Linda and Kala smiled. Dad was right: home was wherever the family was.31.A. kitchen B. table C. picnic D. weather32.A. trip B. meeting C. dinner D. celebration33.A. moving B. traveling C. returning D. rushing34.A. happy B. safe C. brave D. relaxed35.A. dream B. choice C. home D. island36.A. early B. easily C. quickly D. successfully37.A. nodded B. shouted C. judged D. repeated38.A. sense B. stress C. respect D. miss39.A. smiling B. arguing C. worrying D. doubting40.A. explain B. wonder C. understand D. discuss朝阳区Never Too LateThe morning Sean checked the email as usual. Then he found an unexpected email in hisinbox. Could he realize his dream late? Sean was now nearly 40, alone and poor. He dreamed of being a police officer for a long time and never made it. Was it possibly 31 this time?When Sean was only a 5-year-old boy, his father's friend Paul once 32 the little boy home in his police car. Sean was interested in the car, the lights and the uniform（制服）. He decided to be a hero like Paul.However, a high school English teacher 33 his dream. She argued that he had a true giftfor writing and should not waste it being a police officer. Sean followed his teacher's advice and finally he became a 34 for a newspaper and married. During the years, he changed several jobs but nothing made him really 35 . His heart really wasn't in the job or marriage. Actually, he had never really given up his childhood 36 to become a policeman. His wife could not bear this and left him when Sean was 39 years old. Sean was 37 to move back to St. Ignace, where his dad lived. "I feel like a failure," Sean says. He was sad and lost 25 pounds in a few months.When his father encouraged him to search for a new job, the opportunity came. Phoenix was in great need of police officers and one of Sean's old friends emailed him, "Do you still want to be a police officer?" "Phoenix was a world away - 2100 miles from St. Ignace," says Sean. "But here, at least, was one more 38 I felt reborn."In order to pass the test to enter the police academy（学院）, Sean 3 9 began training, setting a daily running rule of a mile and a half. Three weeks later when he arrived in Phoenix, Sean was a man physically and emotionally changed. Finally, Sean passed the written exam and completed the physical test. On Nov. 16, 2015, Sean finished his education in the police academy.The following year, Sean got a prize because of his excellent job. "It took me 35 years. But a promise is a promise. How many people can say they 40 their life's dream? " Sean says, "I did it. It just proves that it's never too late."31.A.new B.different C.strange D.interesting32.A.guided B.led C.carried D.drove33.A.broke B.made C.kept D.supported34.A.teacher B.driver C.reporter D.manager35.A.rich B.happy C.famous D.lucky36.A.life B.work C.wish D.idea37.A.invited B.forced C.asked D.ordered38.A.chance B.time C.job D.dream39.A.busily B.carefully C.quietly D.immediately40.A.know B.have C.live D.meet石景山区I am the mother of two wonderful, beautiful and clever boys. I am also a policewoman whohim that it was to keep little boys and girls safe, but I did not go into any more details. Over the next several weeks I would hear my son telling people that his mommy’s job was to keep little boys andThe day after Thomas’s third birthday, I decided to take the day off from work to spend time with Thomas and Alex, his twenty-one-month-old brother. After saying goodbye to their father Iinstead I saw tears in his eyes. I bent down（弯腰）close to him and asked him what was wrong. Heworried about the little boys and girls he did not even know.worked with mommy to keep the little boys and girls safe. We hugged each other for several minutes.stayed home. When he finally felt better he went off to play with one of his new toys.for these children that he had never met. I never explained what “safe” meant to three-year-old Thomas, but I believe that he understands its meaning very well.31. A. healthy B. popular C. polite D. safe32. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth33. A. dream B. talk C. worry D. forget34. A. nervously B. excitedly C. worry D. forget35. A. expecting B. offering C. starting D. deciding36. A. flying B. moving C. walking D. running37. A. turned B. grew C. changed D. counted38. A. suggested B. explained C. insisted D. complained39. A. just B. never C. still D. also40. A. bored B. surprised C. troubled D. frightened西城区The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly formed middle-school swimming team. The atmosphere（气氛）on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of 1 . However, the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared（盯着）in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents（对手）. Halfway through the meet, Coach Huey realized that he had no swimmers for one of the events."Okay team, who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle?" the coach asked.Several hands went up, including Justin Rigsbee's. "I'll race, Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said, "Justin, this race is twenty lengths of the pool. I've only seen you swim eight.""Oh, I can do it, Coach. Let me try."Coach Huey finally agreed, not 2 though. After all, he thought, it's not the winning but the trying that builds 3 .The whistle（哨子）blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds. The winners got together to socialize while our group 4 to finish. After four more long minutes, the last tired members of our team got out of the water. The last except for Justin.Justin was 5 breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward. It appeared that he would go under at any minute, yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward."Why doesn't the coach stop this child?" the parents spoke among themselves. "He looks like he's not going to make it, and the race was won four minutes ago."But what the parents did not realize was that the real race, the race of a boy becoming a man, was just 6 .The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke. The parents thought, "Oh, he'sfinally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself." But to their 7 , the coach stepped back from the pool's edge, and the young man continued to swim.One teammate, inspired by his brave friend, went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued. "Come on, Justin, you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another, then another, until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and 8 their teammate to finish the race set before him. Their opponents saw what was happening and 9 them. Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer.Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown, a tired but 10 Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool. The standing ovation（起立鼓掌）they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his, just for finishing the race.1.A.friends B.holidays C.training D.victory2.A.willingly B.nervously C.curiously D.seriously3.A.friendship B.bridges C.success D.character4.A.learned B.started C.tried D.failed5.A.stealing B.holding C.losing D.wasting6.A.ending B.beginning C.canceled anized7.A.shame B.joy C.surprise D.satisfaction8.A.teaching B.encouraging C.forcing D.asking9.A.left B.stopped C.guided D.joined10.A.crying B.energetic C.smiling D.helpful海淀区Search for the BestFor this Father’s Day, many children bou ght ties, socks or golf balls, but my present had to be the best. After spending several days shopping, my search for the best came ＿31＿to an old plane. It was one Father’s Day that my dad and I would never forget.“Is this your first time flying?” our pil ot asked my dad. I felt a little ＿32＿knowing that in a few minutes I would be in the sky trusting my life to someone who would fly a plane for the first time. My nerves were making me want to give up, but I knew it would be a good father-daughter＿33＿.After a little hesitation (犹豫), my dad started the engine. We taxied to the runway slowly. After being cleared for take-off, we went faster. I could feel the plane shaking slowly while it was ＿34＿from the ground. After the pilot gave some instructions, my dad was flying the plane. Suddenly, we experienced a quick fall and then the plane went up again, which made me feel as if I were on a roller coaster. The plane started to move up and down and the pilot quickly took over the control. I could see the ＿35＿on my dad’s fac e. The pilot started to tell the control tower over the radio that we had hit turbulence (气流). It was a sunny day with few clouds so I didn’t how ＿36＿this was possible. But it was indeed very windy a few thousand feet up. I held onto my seat, trying to tell myself we were going to be OK. After a few minutes jumping up and down, the plane leveled off (在平流层飞行) and I started to breathe＿37＿．Finally, it was time to return. We started to go down and it seemed that we were going to ＿38＿runway and land in trees, but somehow we landed on the ground, gradually slowing. It seemed like forever until the plane actually stopped. I was excited to ＿39＿and it felt good to have my feet back on the ground. The smile on my dad’s face ＿40＿had given him the best gift. The unforgettable Father’s Day was complete with an old plane, and huge smiles on our faces.31. A. advice B. gift C. excuse D. prize32. A. nervous B. excited C. painful D. satisfied33. A. talk B. joke C. secret D. experience34. A. running B. turning C. lifting D. breaking35. A. fear B. mark C. light D. smile36. remember B. mention C. understand D. introduce37. deeply B. easily C. heavily D. quickly38. A. enter B. miss C. destroy D. find39. A. set B. put C. get D. take40. proved B. planned C. picture D. promised丰台区To Save the Baby Eagle ( 鹰)After Josh lost his father Frank, it felt as if he had lost his whole family. He wouldn’t let the baby eagle lose his _31_ . The eagle nest (巢) was down because of last night’s storm. If Frank was still alive, he would have been out here, instead of staying inside like Sam—Josh’s stepfather (继父). Mum and Sam tried to make Josh happy. But Josh still felt like a __32__ in his own home.A sound broke into Josh’s thoughts. It was a baby eagle, right beside his foot. He hurried home with him. After a quick look, Sam said, “He’s not __33_ . But we should return him to his parents as quickly as possible.”“I saw some wood in the yard. Could you help build a new nest?” Sam continued. Josh nodded. Together they __34__ a wooden box. Then they went to rest the box in the tree. While Sam was helping Josh with the necessary tools, he said, “I wish I could do this instead of you, but I’d probably just fall out of the tree.”Josh _35__ Sam was worried. “I’ll be okay,” he comforted him. “See? I have the safety rope. Even if I miss my foot ing, it will hold me.” As Josh tried to put the box into place, the mother eagle swooped (俯冲) down. Josh ducked—and he started to fall. 36 , the safety rope held him. “Are you all right?” Sam shouted. “Yes,” Josh called, “send the bird up!”Finally, Josh was back with Sam, watching the eagles circle above the new nest. They started to cheer as the eagles seemed to land, but the great birds flew away at the last minute. If the eagles didn’t accept the new home, the baby eagle would be left alone after all—and their 37 was wasted. “What are they waiting for?” Josh asked unhappily.“They’re being careful.” Something in Sam’s voice made Josh look at his stepfather. “It’s not easy to __38__ change,” Sam went on. “It’s hard to trust Golden Flowers Josh thought about that. Sam could never take the place of Frank, but perhaps he could be a friend. Friends helped each other through hard times. Josh remembered how he and Sam had worked together and how 39 Sam had been for his safety.“She’s coming in,” Sam cried. Th e mother eagle landed beside her baby.“Yes!” Josh and Sam shouted. “We40__ it!” As they high-fived each other, Josh felt closer to Sam. Now he and the baby eagle had both come home.31. A. group B. way C. family D. friend32. A. child B. student C. tourist D. stranger33. A. hurt B. alone C. quiet D. safe34. A. bought B. built C. borrowed D. brought35. A. realized B. expected C. imagined D. remembered36. A. Suddenly B. Hopefully C. Luckily D. Surprisingly37. A. attention B. decision C. effort D. experience38. A. consider B. control C. treat D. accept39. A. upset B. worried C. excited D. helpful40. A. did B. got C. knew D. found通州区Mother's Christmas Stocking（长袜）My sister Trudy and I snuggled（偎依）close and would sleep around the Christmas tree. It was a tradition --- we just had to sleep under the tree on Christmas Eve --- even if we were ten and twelve. My eight-year-old brother, Ashley and three-year-old baby sister. Breanna were already asleep near the 1 .Trudy and I talked to each other in a low voice and discussed what we expected to get in our stockings the next morning. We looked at the four stockings hanging by the fireplace, and we 2 that one was missing. Weren't there five people in our family? Why didn't Mum have a stocking?She had told us when she was a little girl her family didn't hang stockings on Christmas Eve. We were 3 to be the members of our family and we thought Mum should be a part of the tradition she had created for us. It was then that we came up with an idea. It would forever change the way we would see Christmas and more 4 , giving.Quickly Trudy woke Breanna, and I hurried to wake Ashley. We planned Mother's stocking. For several minutes we began to look for our treasures through our things.Breanna brought her candy box. We chose a piece of Santa chocolate. I wrote, "For your sweet wish," stuck it on Breanna's chocolate and put it into an old, oversized, red 5 which Ashley found in the wardrobe（衣柜）.Ashley brought two of his favorite toy cars and told us they were for when Mum's car broken down. Now she would always have two more. Trudy wrote the explanation for him.I brought a bag of flower seeds and 6 around the bag. "So you will always have fresh seedsof inspiration（灵感）."Trudy made a little baby out of a round river rock. She called it Herman Periwinkle and wrote an adoption（收养）letter for the baby. That was so Mum would always have a baby, because she often 7 that her real babies were growing up too fast.We hung Mum's stocking on the highest place and stuck a 8 _ to the outside of the stocking that said, "To: Mother Santa Claus --- from: The TAABElves" She was proud of her acronym（首字母缩略词）for our names,and we were all so 9 that we could hardly sleep.In the morning, when we woke up, we rushed right past our stockings, straight into Mum's bedroom. She was __10 Herman Periwinkle and our treasures were around her. She kissed us all and hugged us, laughing and talking at the same time. It was so unlike her usual calm manner. But we understood. It was her first ever Christmas stocking.1. A. tree B. box C. bed D. chair2. A. expected B. imagined C. realized D. believed3. A. surprised B. glad C. relaxed D. curious4. A. luckily B. politely C. carefully D. importantly5. A. coat B. stocking C. bag D. skirt6. A. wrote B. drew C. sent D. showed7. A. described B. celebrated C. noticed D. complained8. A. photo B. note C. candy D. flower9. A. satisfied B. nervous C. excited D. crazy10. A. making B. holding C. washing D. repairing房山区A Friend in NeedSuraj was a student in Class 5. He was a naught boy who liked making fun of other classmates. They didn't like this but could do nothing.One day, after the science class, Suraj went to fool one of his classmates, Kiran. Kiran felt 1 and just sat on the chair. As soon as their math teacher arrived to the class, Suraj moved back to his place quickly. The class started and the 2 was asking some questions to the students.And it happened. Suraj wet his pants! He felt very ashamed. He 3 how his classmates would think about him. His wet pants would be the hot topic of the school! His friends would talk about this for years. The girls in the class would never look at him as a friend. The boys and girls would never speak with him. He would become the joker for everyone in the class. Suraj's imagination was going so wild.The math teacher noticed a kind of uneasiness in Suraj. She was watching him for a few minutes and 4 him in some kind of trouble. Suraj noticed the teacher watching him and tried to act normal. He felt that his heart would stop beating very soon. He 5 pleaded（恳求）. "Dear God, you have to help me. In 5 or 10 minutes, I will be dead. I really need some 6 from you."The teacher again saw that Suraj was uneasy and she looked at him. He smiled at her. Kiran made a request to let him drink some water. 7 , Kiran from the back chair took his water bottle and started to move out of the classroom. As he crossed Suraj's desk, he dropped the water bottle. The cap opened and all water fell on Suraj.It surprised everyone greatly and the teacher 8 to help Suraj. She asked a student to get a towel from her office.His friends cleaned the desk and helped him. The teacher asked another student to bring a pair of gym pants for him to wear until his pants got dry. The act of being laughed at suddenly became sympathetic（同情的）. When Kiran tried to help him, he was cornered. The teacher punished him for being so 9 .And of course, Suraj was so relaxed. He looked at Kiran, who stood silently in a corner.After school, Suraj walked to Kiran and thanked him with all his heart. Kiran Smiled and said, "Hey, I know buddy! Because I also 10 the same few months before. I wet my pants!"1. A. upset B. happy C. satisfied D. excited2. A. student B. teacher C. classmate D. friend3. A. expected B. understood C. found D. imagined4. A. showed B. felt C. saw D. kept5. A. silently B. loudly C. strangely D. carefully6. A. hope B. decision C. choice D. help7. A. Luckily B. Suddenly C. Naturally D. Gradually8. A. rushed B. agreed C. decided D. preferred9. A. helpless B. hopeless C. useless D. careless10. A. expressed B. experienced C. described D. completed门头沟Thanksgiving Day was near. The first grade teacher gave her class a fun assignment (作业,任务)－to draw a 31 of something for which they were grateful (感激的).Most of the class might be considered not rich, but still many would celebrate the holiday with turkey and other traditional goodies (甜食) of the season. These, the teacher thought, would be the32 of most of her students’ art. And they were.But Douglas made a different kind of picture. Douglas was a different kind of boy. He was the teacher’s true child of misery (痛苦), weak and 33 . As other children played atbreak, Douglas was likely to stand close by her side. One could only guess at the 34Douglas felt behind those sad eyes.Yes, his picture was different. When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was35 , he drew a hand. Nothing else. Just an empty hand.His abstract (抽象的) picture raised the 36 of his classmates. Whose hand could it be? One child guessed it was the hand of a farmer, because farmers feed turkeys. Another suggested a police officer, because the police protect and care for people. And so the discussion went－until the teacher almost 37 the young artist himself.When the children had gone on to other assignments, she stopped at Douglas’ desk, bent (弯曲) down, and asked him whose hand it was. The little boy looked 38 and said in a low voice, “It’s yours, teacher.” She remembered the times she had taken his hand and walked with him here and there, as she had the other students. How often had she said, “39 my hand, Douglas, we’ll go outside.” Or, “Let me show you how to hold your pencil.” Or, “Let’s do this together.” Douglas was most thankful for his teacher’s hand.With tears in her eyes, she went on with her work.The story speaks of more than thankfulness. It says something about teachers teaching and parents parenting and friends showing friendship, and how much it means to the Douglases of the world. They might not always say thanks, but they’ll remember the hand that 40 out.31. A. map B. picture C. cartoon D. postcard32. A. classes B. lessons C. objects D. subjects33. A. happy B. unhappy C. bright D. excited34. A. pain B. fear C. worries D. weakness35. A. awful B. careful C. helpful D. thankful36. A. imagination B. discussion C. question D. production37. A. forgot B. noticed C. understood D. remembered38. A. out B. back C. away D. around39. A. Take B. Bring C. Carry D. Follow40. A. goes B. gets C. stays D. reaches平谷Give Time to Our FamilyMy mother has been living alone for 19 years, but the demands of my work and my three children had made it impossible to visit her often.“I love you, but I know your mother loves you and would love to spend some time withyou. ”suggested my wife one night.“Oh, I'll make a dinner date with 31 . ” That night I called to invite her to go out for dinner and a movie.That Friday after work, I 32 over to her house. She had been waiting in the door with her coat on. She had curled her hair and was wearing her best dress and smiled like an angel. “I told my friends that I was going out with my son, and they were impressed. ” she said, as she got into the car. “They can't wait to33 about our meeting. ”We went to a restaurant that, although not big, was very nice. After we sat down, I had to readthe 34 . Her eyes could only read large print.“I used to have to read the menu when you were small,” she said.“Then it's time that you 35 and let me return the favor,” I responded.During the dinner, We had an agreeable conversation—nothing special but events of eachother's life. We talked so 36 that we missed the movie.Late that night I drove her back. As we arrived, she said, “I'll go out with you again, but only if you let me 37 you. ” I agreed.“How was your dinner date?” asked my wife when I got home. “Very nice. Much more sothan I could have imagined,” I answered.A few days later, my mother died of a serious heart disease. It happened so suddenly that Ididn't have a 38 to do anything for her. Some time later, I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the same place where mother and I had dined. A note in it said: “I've already paid this bill. I wasn't sure that I could be there; but nevertheless, I paid for two plates one for you and the other for your wife. You will never know what that night 39 for me. I love you, son. ”At that moment, I understood the importance to give our loved ones the time that they deserve(值得). Give them the time they deserve, because these things cannot be 40 off till “some other time. ”31. A. her B. him C. me D. you32. A. walked B. rode C. flew D. drove33. A. talk B. think C. read D. hear34. A. book B. newspaper C. menu D. story35. A. stay B. relax C. work D. sit36. A. little B. much C. warmly D. hard37. A. invite B. forget C. remember D. visit38. A. rest B. home C. chance D. meeting39. A. waited B. meant C. lasted D. did40. A. taken B. kept C. put D. turned怀柔Friends Forever“Hey, Jenna, do you think we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty-two?” I asked my friend while we were playing in her backyard. It was clear she was wondering why I asked such a 31 . While I waited for Jenna to answer, I started imagining what life would be like without her. Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister. We played together. We gave each other advice.“Of course, we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty-two,” Jenna replied loudly. We looked at each other and then 32 so hard that tears ran down my face.The next year, in the fourth grade, we met Jamie. The three of us soon became best 33 . We played together almost every day. We laughed together, cried together and shared our biggest secrets.I thought e ven time couldn’t pull us apart（分开）.The three of us started fighting a lot. Before Christmas, we had a really big fight, and Jamie and Jenna were against me, both saying I was bossy（霸道的）. They wouldn’t even talk to me at school. I felt helpless and lonely. I thought Christmas would be 34 ! Why is this happening to me?I thought.I was 35 when Jenna came to my house and gave me a Christmas card she had made for me. I was so sure that she was still disappointed with me, but now I was getting a really special card made by herself.“Wow,” I said, 36 the silence as we stood on either side of my front door. “Thanks.”“Okay . . . well . . . I have to go,” she said 37 .“Okay. See you later then. . . .” and I closed the door and 38 back to my mom’s bedroom to finish watching a movie.“Who was that at the door?” my mom asked.“It was Jenna,” I explained, showing her the card.The 39 started with “Merry Christmas”, but then, it said, “Dear Miranda, I am so glad we’re friends. I am sorry about what I said when we were fighting. A fight won’t stop us from being friends. Besides, we said we were going to be friends even when we’re eighty-two.”I stopped reading and started laughing. I couldn’t believe I had 40 what she said that day in her backyard. I realized that I was so selfish that I had forgotten about real friendship.31. A. question B. idea C. meaning D. choice32. A. thanked B. greeted C. insisted D. laughed33. A. workmates B. friends C. cousins D. roommates。

2017年北京市各区中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集及解析

2017年北京市各区中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集及解析

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷中完形填空汇集训练东城区A Move to SafetyThe Turners sat at the kitchen table. The sun was shining and filed the kitchen with a warm light. It was a perfect day for having a picnic or going surfing. But in the Turners’ kitchen, no one seemed to be paying attention to the __31__ .“Okay, girls,” said Mrs. Turner. “I can tell by the expressions on your faces that you have a pretty good idea of why we need to have this family __32__ .” Linda and Kala exchanged looks and slowly nodded.“Your mom and I have had many talks lately about the possibility of __33__ ,” said Mr. Turner. “We were hoping that it wouldn’t come to this, but we don’t have other choices.”“But Dad,” said Kala, “Kilauea has been an active volcano（火山）since 1983!Nothing has happened to us or to our house yet. I know we’ll be __34__ here.”“But your dad and I care about all the recent warnings giving by the government.Even though we’ve been safe up to now, there is no way to guarantee（保证）that a larger eruption（喷发）isn’t coming up,” said Mrs. Turner.“Mom, this is our __35__ . I can’t even remember living anywhere else!” Linda said, fighting back tears.Mrs. Turner put an arm around her daughter’s shoulder. “This won’t go __36__ for any of us,” she said. “Dad and I love this house, too. We have so many happy memories here. But we’re tired of living with such uncertainty. The most important thing in the world to us is that our family stays safe.”Mr. Turner __37__ . “Girls, there are other places in Hawaii where we’ll feel safer. We’ll have to give up our house, but you know home is wherever we go as a family. We’ll make new memories, and we’ll find things to love about our new home.”The girls were quiet for a moment as they considered what it would mean to move. “There are so many things I’ll __38__ here,” said Kala quietly.“We all will,” said Mrs. Turner. “But one of the places that your dad and I have looked at is onlya few minutes’ walk to the beach.”Kala and Linda couldn’t help _39__ when they heard that. They both spent every spare minute they had surfing. If their parents told them that they could actually live in the water, they would have been perfectly happy.Mr. Turner walked around to the other side of the table. He put one large hand on each of his daughter’s shoulders. “I’m proud of you two,” he said. “Thank you for trying to __40__ why this is so important to your mom and me.”Linda and Kala smiled. Dad was right: home was wherever the family was.31.A. kitchen B. table C. picnic D. weather32.A. trip B. meeting C. dinner D. celebration33.A. moving B. traveling C. returning D. rushing34.A. happy B. safe C. brave D. relaxed35.A. dream B. choice C. home D. island36.A. early B. easily C. quickly D. successfully37.A. nodded B. shouted C. judged D. repeated38.A. sense B. stress C. respect D. miss39.A. smiling B. arguing C. worrying D. doubting40.A. explain B. wonder C. understand D. discuss朝阳区Never Too LateThe morning Sean checked the email as usual. Then he found an unexpected email in hisinbox. Could he realize his dream late? Sean was now nearly 40, alone and poor. He dreamed of being a police officer for a long time and never made it. Was it possibly 31 this time?When Sean was only a 5-year-old boy, his father's friend Paul once 32 the little boy home in his police car. Sean was interested in the car, the lights and the uniform（制服）. He decided to be a hero like Paul.However, a high school English teacher 33 his dream. She argued that he had a true giftfor writing and should not waste it being a police officer. Sean followed his teacher's advice and finally he became a 34 for a newspaper and married. During the years, he changed several jobs but nothing made him really 35 . His heart really wasn't in the job or marriage. Actually, he had never really given up his childhood 36 to become a policeman. His wife could not bear this and left him when Sean was 39 years old. Sean was 37 to move back to St. Ignace, where his dad lived. "I feel like a failure," Sean says. He was sad and lost 25 pounds in a few months.When his father encouraged him to search for a new job, the opportunity came. Phoenix was in great need of police officers and one of Sean's old friends emailed him, "Do you still want to be a police officer?" "Phoenix was a world away - 2100 miles from St. Ignace," says Sean. "But here, at least, was one more 38 I felt reborn."In order to pass the test to enter the police academy（学院）, Sean 3 9 began training, setting a daily running rule of a mile and a half. Three weeks later when he arrived in Phoenix, Sean was a man physically and emotionally changed. Finally, Sean passed the written exam and completed the physical test. On Nov. 16, 2015, Sean finished his education in the police academy.The following year, Sean got a prize because of his excellent job. "It took me 35 years. But a promise is a promise. How many people can say they 40 their life's dream? " Sean says, "I did it. It just proves that it's never too late."31.A.new B.different C.strange D.interesting32.A.guided B.led C.carried D.drove33.A.broke B.made C.kept D.supported34.A.teacher B.driver C.reporter D.manager35.A.rich B.happy C.famous D.lucky36.A.life B.work C.wish D.idea37.A.invited B.forced C.asked D.ordered38.A.chance B.time C.job D.dream39.A.busily B.carefully C.quietly D.immediately40.A.know B.have C.live D.meet石景山区I am the mother of two wonderful, beautiful and clever boys. I am also a policewoman whohim that it was to keep little boys and girls safe, but I did not go into any more details. Over the next several weeks I would hear my son telling people that his mommy’s job was to keep little boys andThe day after Thomas’s third birthday, I decided to take the day off from work to spend time with Thomas and Alex, his twenty-one-month-old brother. After saying goodbye to their father Iinstead I saw tears in his eyes. I bent down（弯腰）close to him and asked him what was wrong. Heworried about the little boys and girls he did not even know.worked with mommy to keep the little boys and girls safe. We hugged each other for several minutes.stayed home. When he finally felt better he went off to play with one of his new toys.for these children that he had never met. I never explained what “safe” meant to three-year-old Thomas, but I believe that he understands its meaning very well.31. A. healthy B. popular C. polite D. safe32. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth33. A. dream B. talk C. worry D. forget34. A. nervously B. excitedly C. worry D. forget35. A. expecting B. offering C. starting D. deciding36. A. flying B. moving C. walking D. running37. A. turned B. grew C. changed D. counted38. A. suggested B. explained C. insisted D. complained39. A. just B. never C. still D. also40. A. bored B. surprised C. troubled D. frightened西城区The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly formed middle-school swimming team. The atmosphere（气氛）on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of 1 . However, the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared（盯着）in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents（对手）. Halfway through the meet, Coach Huey realized that he had no swimmers for one of the events."Okay team, who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle?" the coach asked.Several hands went up, including Justin Rigsbee's. "I'll race, Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said, "Justin, this race is twenty lengths of the pool. I've only seen you swim eight.""Oh, I can do it, Coach. Let me try."Coach Huey finally agreed, not 2 though. After all, he thought, it's not the winning but the trying that builds 3 .The whistle（哨子）blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds. The winners got together to socialize while our group 4 to finish. After four more long minutes, the last tired members of our team got out of the water. The last except for Justin.Justin was 5 breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward. It appeared that he would go under at any minute, yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward."Why doesn't the coach stop this child?" the parents spoke among themselves. "He looks like he's not going to make it, and the race was won four minutes ago."But what the parents did not realize was that the real race, the race of a boy becoming a man, was just 6 .The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke. The parents thought, "Oh, he'sfinally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself." But to their 7 , the coach stepped back from the pool's edge, and the young man continued to swim.One teammate, inspired by his brave friend, went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued. "Come on, Justin, you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another, then another, until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and 8 their teammate to finish the race set before him. Their opponents saw what was happening and 9 them. Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer.Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown, a tired but 10 Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool. The standing ovation（起立鼓掌）they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his, just for finishing the race.1.A.friends B.holidays C.training D.victory2.A.willingly B.nervously C.curiously D.seriously3.A.friendship B.bridges C.success D.character4.A.learned B.started C.tried D.failed5.A.stealing B.holding C.losing D.wasting6.A.ending B.beginning C.canceled anized7.A.shame B.joy C.surprise D.satisfaction8.A.teaching B.encouraging C.forcing D.asking9.A.left B.stopped C.guided D.joined10.A.crying B.energetic C.smiling D.helpful海淀区Search for the BestFor this Father’s Day, many children bou ght ties, socks or golf balls, but my present had to be the best. After spending several days shopping, my search for the best came ＿31＿to an old plane. It was one Father’s Day that my dad and I would never forget.“Is this your first time flying?” our pil ot asked my dad. I felt a little ＿32＿knowing that in a few minutes I would be in the sky trusting my life to someone who would fly a plane for the first time. My nerves were making me want to give up, but I knew it would be a good father-daughter＿33＿.After a little hesitation (犹豫), my dad started the engine. We taxied to the runway slowly. After being cleared for take-off, we went faster. I could feel the plane shaking slowly while it was ＿34＿from the ground. After the pilot gave some instructions, my dad was flying the plane. Suddenly, we experienced a quick fall and then the plane went up again, which made me feel as if I were on a roller coaster. The plane started to move up and down and the pilot quickly took over the control. I could see the ＿35＿on my dad’s fac e. The pilot started to tell the control tower over the radio that we had hit turbulence (气流). It was a sunny day with few clouds so I didn’t how ＿36＿this was possible. But it was indeed very windy a few thousand feet up. I held onto my seat, trying to tell myself we were going to be OK. After a few minutes jumping up and down, the plane leveled off (在平流层飞行) and I started to breathe＿37＿．Finally, it was time to return. We started to go down and it seemed that we were going to ＿38＿runway and land in trees, but somehow we landed on the ground, gradually slowing. It seemed like forever until the plane actually stopped. I was excited to ＿39＿and it felt good to have my feet back on the ground. The smile on my dad’s face ＿40＿had given him the best gift. The unforgettable Father’s Day was complete with an old plane, and huge smiles on our faces.31. A. advice B. gift C. excuse D. prize32. A. nervous B. excited C. painful D. satisfied33. A. talk B. joke C. secret D. experience34. A. running B. turning C. lifting D. breaking35. A. fear B. mark C. light D. smile36. remember B. mention C. understand D. introduce37. deeply B. easily C. heavily D. quickly38. A. enter B. miss C. destroy D. find39. A. set B. put C. get D. take40. proved B. planned C. picture D. promised丰台区To Save the Baby Eagle ( 鹰)After Josh lost his father Frank, it felt as if he had lost his whole family. He wouldn’t let the baby eagle lose his _31_ . The eagle nest (巢) was down because of last night’s storm. If Frank was still alive, he would have been out here, instead of staying inside like Sam—Josh’s stepfather (继父). Mum and Sam tried to make Josh happy. But Josh still felt like a __32__ in his own home.A sound broke into Josh’s thoughts. It was a baby eagle, right beside his foot. He hurried home with him. After a quick look, Sam said, “He’s not __33_ . But we should return him to his parents as quickly as possible.”“I saw some wood in the yard. Could you help build a new nest?” Sam continued. Josh nodded. Together they __34__ a wooden box. Then they went to rest the box in the tree. While Sam was helping Josh with the necessary tools, he said, “I wish I could do this instead of you, but I’d probably just fall out of the tree.”Josh _35__ Sam was worried. “I’ll be okay,” he comforted him. “See? I have the safety rope. Even if I miss my foot ing, it will hold me.” As Josh tried to put the box into place, the mother eagle swooped (俯冲) down. Josh ducked—and he started to fall. 36 , the safety rope held him. “Are you all right?” Sam shouted. “Yes,” Josh called, “send the bird up!”Finally, Josh was back with Sam, watching the eagles circle above the new nest. They started to cheer as the eagles seemed to land, but the great birds flew away at the last minute. If the eagles didn’t accept the new home, the baby eagle would be left alone after all—and their 37 was wasted. “What are they waiting for?” Josh asked unhappily.“They’re being careful.” Something in Sam’s voice made Josh look at his stepfather. “It’s not easy to __38__ change,” Sam went on. “It’s hard to trust Golden Flowers Josh thought about that. Sam could never take the place of Frank, but perhaps he could be a friend. Friends helped each other through hard times. Josh remembered how he and Sam had worked together and how 39 Sam had been for his safety.“She’s coming in,” Sam cried. Th e mother eagle landed beside her baby.“Yes!” Josh and Sam shouted. “We40__ it!” As they high-fived each other, Josh felt closer to Sam. Now he and the baby eagle had both come home.31. A. group B. way C. family D. friend32. A. child B. student C. tourist D. stranger33. A. hurt B. alone C. quiet D. safe34. A. bought B. built C. borrowed D. brought35. A. realized B. expected C. imagined D. remembered36. A. Suddenly B. Hopefully C. Luckily D. Surprisingly37. A. attention B. decision C. effort D. experience38. A. consider B. control C. treat D. accept39. A. upset B. worried C. excited D. helpful40. A. did B. got C. knew D. found通州区Mother's Christmas Stocking（长袜）My sister Trudy and I snuggled（偎依）close and would sleep around the Christmas tree. It was a tradition --- we just had to sleep under the tree on Christmas Eve --- even if we were ten and twelve. My eight-year-old brother, Ashley and three-year-old baby sister. Breanna were already asleep near the 1 .Trudy and I talked to each other in a low voice and discussed what we expected to get in our stockings the next morning. We looked at the four stockings hanging by the fireplace, and we 2 that one was missing. Weren't there five people in our family? Why didn't Mum have a stocking?She had told us when she was a little girl her family didn't hang stockings on Christmas Eve. We were 3 to be the members of our family and we thought Mum should be a part of the tradition she had created for us. It was then that we came up with an idea. It would forever change the way we would see Christmas and more 4 , giving.Quickly Trudy woke Breanna, and I hurried to wake Ashley. We planned Mother's stocking. For several minutes we began to look for our treasures through our things.Breanna brought her candy box. We chose a piece of Santa chocolate. I wrote, "For your sweet wish," stuck it on Breanna's chocolate and put it into an old, oversized, red 5 which Ashley found in the wardrobe（衣柜）.Ashley brought two of his favorite toy cars and told us they were for when Mum's car broken down. Now she would always have two more. Trudy wrote the explanation for him.I brought a bag of flower seeds and 6 around the bag. "So you will always have fresh seedsof inspiration（灵感）."Trudy made a little baby out of a round river rock. She called it Herman Periwinkle and wrote an adoption（收养）letter for the baby. That was so Mum would always have a baby, because she often 7 that her real babies were growing up too fast.We hung Mum's stocking on the highest place and stuck a 8 _ to the outside of the stocking that said, "To: Mother Santa Claus --- from: The TAABElves" She was proud of her acronym（首字母缩略词）for our names,and we were all so 9 that we could hardly sleep.In the morning, when we woke up, we rushed right past our stockings, straight into Mum's bedroom. She was __10 Herman Periwinkle and our treasures were around her. She kissed us all and hugged us, laughing and talking at the same time. It was so unlike her usual calm manner. But we understood. It was her first ever Christmas stocking.1. A. tree B. box C. bed D. chair2. A. expected B. imagined C. realized D. believed3. A. surprised B. glad C. relaxed D. curious4. A. luckily B. politely C. carefully D. importantly5. A. coat B. stocking C. bag D. skirt6. A. wrote B. drew C. sent D. showed7. A. described B. celebrated C. noticed D. complained8. A. photo B. note C. candy D. flower9. A. satisfied B. nervous C. excited D. crazy10. A. making B. holding C. washing D. repairing房山区A Friend in NeedSuraj was a student in Class 5. He was a naught boy who liked making fun of other classmates. They didn't like this but could do nothing.One day, after the science class, Suraj went to fool one of his classmates, Kiran. Kiran felt 1 and just sat on the chair. As soon as their math teacher arrived to the class, Suraj moved back to his place quickly. The class started and the 2 was asking some questions to the students.And it happened. Suraj wet his pants! He felt very ashamed. He 3 how his classmates would think about him. His wet pants would be the hot topic of the school! His friends would talk about this for years. The girls in the class would never look at him as a friend. The boys and girls would never speak with him. He would become the joker for everyone in the class. Suraj's imagination was going so wild.The math teacher noticed a kind of uneasiness in Suraj. She was watching him for a few minutes and 4 him in some kind of trouble. Suraj noticed the teacher watching him and tried to act normal. He felt that his heart would stop beating very soon. He 5 pleaded（恳求）. "Dear God, you have to help me. In 5 or 10 minutes, I will be dead. I really need some 6 from you."The teacher again saw that Suraj was uneasy and she looked at him. He smiled at her. Kiran made a request to let him drink some water. 7 , Kiran from the back chair took his water bottle and started to move out of the classroom. As he crossed Suraj's desk, he dropped the water bottle. The cap opened and all water fell on Suraj.It surprised everyone greatly and the teacher 8 to help Suraj. She asked a student to get a towel from her office.His friends cleaned the desk and helped him. The teacher asked another student to bring a pair of gym pants for him to wear until his pants got dry. The act of being laughed at suddenly became sympathetic（同情的）. When Kiran tried to help him, he was cornered. The teacher punished him for being so 9 .And of course, Suraj was so relaxed. He looked at Kiran, who stood silently in a corner.After school, Suraj walked to Kiran and thanked him with all his heart. Kiran Smiled and said, "Hey, I know buddy! Because I also 10 the same few months before. I wet my pants!"1. A. upset B. happy C. satisfied D. excited2. A. student B. teacher C. classmate D. friend3. A. expected B. understood C. found D. imagined4. A. showed B. felt C. saw D. kept5. A. silently B. loudly C. strangely D. carefully6. A. hope B. decision C. choice D. help7. A. Luckily B. Suddenly C. Naturally D. Gradually8. A. rushed B. agreed C. decided D. preferred9. A. helpless B. hopeless C. useless D. careless10. A. expressed B. experienced C. described D. completed门头沟Thanksgiving Day was near. The first grade teacher gave her class a fun assignment (作业,任务)－to draw a 31 of something for which they were grateful (感激的).Most of the class might be considered not rich, but still many would celebrate the holiday with turkey and other traditional goodies (甜食) of the season. These, the teacher thought, would be the32 of most of her students’ art. And they were.But Douglas made a different kind of picture. Douglas was a different kind of boy. He was the teacher’s true child of misery (痛苦), weak and 33 . As other children played atbreak, Douglas was likely to stand close by her side. One could only guess at the 34Douglas felt behind those sad eyes.Yes, his picture was different. When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was35 , he drew a hand. Nothing else. Just an empty hand.His abstract (抽象的) picture raised the 36 of his classmates. Whose hand could it be? One child guessed it was the hand of a farmer, because farmers feed turkeys. Another suggested a police officer, because the police protect and care for people. And so the discussion went－until the teacher almost 37 the young artist himself.When the children had gone on to other assignments, she stopped at Douglas’ desk, bent (弯曲) down, and asked him whose hand it was. The little boy looked 38 and said in a low voice, “It’s yours, teacher.” She remembered the times she had taken his hand and walked with him here and there, as she had the other students. How often had she said, “39 my hand, Douglas, we’ll go outside.” Or, “Let me show you how to hold your pencil.” Or, “Let’s do this together.” Douglas was most thankful for his teacher’s hand.With tears in her eyes, she went on with her work.The story speaks of more than thankfulness. It says something about teachers teaching and parents parenting and friends showing friendship, and how much it means to the Douglases of the world. They might not always say thanks, but they’ll remember the hand that 40 out.31. A. map B. picture C. cartoon D. postcard32. A. classes B. lessons C. objects D. subjects33. A. happy B. unhappy C. bright D. excited34. A. pain B. fear C. worries D. weakness35. A. awful B. careful C. helpful D. thankful36. A. imagination B. discussion C. question D. production37. A. forgot B. noticed C. understood D. remembered38. A. out B. back C. away D. around39. A. Take B. Bring C. Carry D. Follow40. A. goes B. gets C. stays D. reaches平谷Give Time to Our FamilyMy mother has been living alone for 19 years, but the demands of my work and my three children had made it impossible to visit her often.“I love you, but I know your mother loves you and would love to spend some time withyou. ”suggested my wife one night.“Oh, I'll make a dinner date with 31 . ” That night I called to invite her to go out for dinner and a movie.That Friday after work, I 32 over to her house. She had been waiting in the door with her coat on. She had curled her hair and was wearing her best dress and smiled like an angel. “I told my friends that I was going out with my son, and they were impressed. ” she said, as she got into the car. “They can't wait to33 about our meeting. ”We went to a restaurant that, although not big, was very nice. After we sat down, I had to readthe 34 . Her eyes could only read large print.“I used to have to read the menu when you were small,” she said.“Then it's time that you 35 and let me return the favor,” I responded.During the dinner, We had an agreeable conversation—nothing special but events of eachother's life. We talked so 36 that we missed the movie.Late that night I drove her back. As we arrived, she said, “I'll go out with you again, but only if you let me 37 you. ” I agreed.“How was your dinner date?” asked my wife when I got home. “Very nice. Much more sothan I could have imagined,” I answered.A few days later, my mother died of a serious heart disease. It happened so suddenly that Ididn't have a 38 to do anything for her. Some time later, I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the same place where mother and I had dined. A note in it said: “I've already paid this bill. I wasn't sure that I could be there; but nevertheless, I paid for two plates one for you and the other for your wife. You will never know what that night 39 for me. I love you, son. ”At that moment, I understood the importance to give our loved ones the time that they deserve(值得). Give them the time they deserve, because these things cannot be 40 off till “some other time. ”31. A. her B. him C. me D. you32. A. walked B. rode C. flew D. drove33. A. talk B. think C. read D. hear34. A. book B. newspaper C. menu D. story35. A. stay B. relax C. work D. sit36. A. little B. much C. warmly D. hard37. A. invite B. forget C. remember D. visit38. A. rest B. home C. chance D. meeting39. A. waited B. meant C. lasted D. did40. A. taken B. kept C. put D. turned怀柔Friends Forever“Hey, Jenna, do you think we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty-two?” I asked my friend while we were playing in her backyard. It was clear she was wondering why I asked such a 31 . While I waited for Jenna to answer, I started imagining what life would be like without her. Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister. We played together. We gave each other advice.“Of course, we’ll still be friends when we’re eighty-two,” Jenna replied loudly. We looked at each other and then 32 so hard that tears ran down my face.The next year, in the fourth grade, we met Jamie. The three of us soon became best 33 . We played together almost every day. We laughed together, cried together and shared our biggest secrets.I thought e ven time couldn’t pull us apart（分开）.The three of us started fighting a lot. Before Christmas, we had a really big fight, and Jamie and Jenna were against me, both saying I was bossy（霸道的）. They wouldn’t even talk to me at school. I felt helpless and lonely. I thought Christmas would be 34 ! Why is this happening to me?I thought.I was 35 when Jenna came to my house and gave me a Christmas card she had made for me. I was so sure that she was still disappointed with me, but now I was getting a really special card made by herself.“Wow,” I said, 36 the silence as we stood on either side of my front door. “Thanks.”“Okay . . . well . . . I have to go,” she said 37 .“Okay. See you later then. . . .” and I closed the door and 38 back to my mom’s bedroom to finish watching a movie.“Who was that at the door?” my mom asked.“It was Jenna,” I explained, showing her the card.The 39 started with “Merry Christmas”, but then, it said, “Dear Miranda, I am so glad we’re friends. I am sorry about what I said when we were fighting. A fight won’t stop us from being friends. Besides, we said we were going to be friends even when we’re eighty-two.”I stopped reading and started laughing. I couldn’t believe I had 40 what she said that day in her backyard. I realized that I was so selfish that I had forgotten about real friendship.31. A. question B. idea C. meaning D. choice32. A. thanked B. greeted C. insisted D. laughed33. A. workmates B. friends C. cousins D. roommates。

北京市2017年中考英语试卷及答案(WORD版)

北京市2017年中考英语试卷及答案(WORD版)

2017 年北京市高级中等学校招生考试英语试卷听力理解（共30 分）一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。

每段对话你将听两遍。

（共5 分，每小题1 分）二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项。

每段对话或独白你将听两遍。

（共15 分，每小题1.5 分）请听一段对话，完成第6 至第7 小题。

6. What does the woman want to drink?A. Tea.B. Milk.C. Juice.7. How much does the woman pay?A. $7.B. $8.C. $9.请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题。

8. Where are the speakers going to have a picnic?A. In the park.B. On the hill.C. At the seaside.9. Who will join the speakers for the picnic?A. The boy’s dad.B. The boy’s grandpa.C. The boy’s grandma.请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题。

10. How did the boy go to the wild animal park?A. By train.B. By car.C. By bus.11. What did the boy do in the wild animal park?A. He drew a picture.B. He fed an elephant.C. He saw a bird show.请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题。

12. What are the speakers mainly talking about?A. Different reading skills.B. Some benefits of reading.C. The man’s reading habits.13. What does the man think of reading?A. He believes it is enjoyable.B. He finds it a little difficult.C. He thinks it takes too much time.请听一段独白，完成第14 至第15 小题。

北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析

北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析

2017年北京市中考英语试卷一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．（共5 分，每小题1 分）1．2．3．4．5．二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．（共15 分，每小题分）6．请听一段对话，完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What does the woman want to drink？A．Tea．B．Milk．C．Juice．7．How much does the woman pay？A．﹩7．B．﹩8．C．﹩9．8．请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题．8．Where are the speakers going to have a picnic？A．In the park．B．On the hill．C．At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakers for the picnic？A．The boy's dad．B．The boy's grandpa．C．The boy's grandma．10．请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A．By train．B．By car．C．By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A．He drew a picture．B．He fed an elephant．C．He saw a bird show．12．请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What are the speakers mainly talking about？A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．13．What does the man think of reading？A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult．C．He thinks it takes too much time．14．请听一段独白，完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What can we know about the speaker？A．She lives near her school．B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．15．Why does the speaker send this message？A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．16．听对话，记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service Request FormName（16）WhitePhone（17）Address 56（18）RoadService Moving a double（19）Time On （20），July 31四、单项选择（共10 分，每小题1 分）从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker． is very kind．（）A．He B．She C．His D．It22．More and more young people go skating winter．（）A．at B．in C．on D．to23．﹣﹣﹣ did you stop playing？﹣﹣﹣Because I was tired．（）A．How B．Why C．When D．Where24．The hotel is very old．It's one of buildings in the city．（）A．old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest25．﹣﹣﹣ I hand in the report today？﹣﹣﹣No，you needn't．（）A．Can B．Must C．Shall D．Could26．﹣﹣﹣How do you usually go to school？﹣﹣﹣I to school on foot．（）A．go B．went C．was going D．will go27．My mother some washing when the telephone rang．（）A．does B．did C．is doing D．was doing28．Lily is my classmate．We each other since she came to our school．（）A．know B．knew C．have known D．will know29．The mobile phone in 1973．（）A．invents B．is invented C．invented D．was invented30．﹣﹣﹣Judy，could you tell me_______the schoolbag？﹣﹣﹣Oh，yes．I bought it in a store on the Internet．（）A．where did you buy B．where will you buyC．where you bought D．where you will buy五、完形填空（共15 分，每小题分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To pass her Civics course（公民课程），she had to do some volunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday，Emily went to the nursing home after school．When she arrived，she was told she would（31）an hour every weekday with an elderly lady，Mrs．Blair．She was then led into a room，where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofa．Emily（32）awkwardly（别扭地）in front of the lady．She cleared her throat and said，"Good afternoon I'm Emily．""Good afternoon，Emily．Take a seat，please．"Mrs．Blair replied．Then，（33）filled the space between them．Emily wondered whatto say．"Tell me about yourself，Emily，"Mrs．Blair said suddenly．"Well，"Emily started，"I don't have any grandparents，so I can't relate to elderly people much．I love the performing arts．I'm here mainly because I have to（34）here to get a good grade for my Civics class．"Mrs．Blair didn't seem to（35）．"Many people，especially teens，don't seem to care about old people like me．Now you are here，and I'm going to change that about you．Ask me anything．" Emily thought for a moment，and finally decided，"What was your job？""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s．"Mrs．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？"Emily asked，amazed．Mrs．Blair smiled．"Back then，only the lead actress had the honor to wear a（36）bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays，so I always wore the bracelet．Till this day，I still have it．"Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listened to the other stories，attentively．She had become sointerested in Mrs．Blair's（37） that she decided to come earlier the next day．Tuesday，Wednesday，and Thursday passed by quickly．Then came Friday．As she was leaving，Emilywas really（38）to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me，"Mrs．Blair comforted her．She then handed a small box to Emily，"It's my gift to you．"Emily（39）opened the box and was surprised to see what was inside．"It's the bracelet that youwore．Thank you!"Emily said，with tears in her eyes．"I'm sure to visit you whenever I'm free．"On the way home，Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts．She touched the bracelet andmade a （40）that she would keep her word to Mrs．Blair．31．A．waste B．spend C．plan D．exercise32．A．asked B．sat C．stood D．danced33．A．warmth B．sadness C．happiness D．silence 34．A．study B．live C．volunteer D．play 35．A．mind B．fear C．insist D．regret 36．A．strange B．special C．common D．private 37．A．dreams B．hobbies C．stories D．jokes 38．A．upset B．confused C．surprised D．nervous39．A．proudly B．secretly C．worriedly D．carefully 40．A．promise B．change C．judgment D．choice．六、阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．（共30 分，每小题2 分）41．Summer Programs at Museums41．You can join in the programs at the Postal Museum any day ．A．from July 17to 23B．from July 29﹣30C．from August 7﹣20D．from August 21to 2742．If you are interested in the program about video arts，you can phone ．﹣0400﹣0930﹣3030﹣056043．A 15﹣year﹣old student can take part in the programs at ．A．the Building MuseumB．the Postal MuseumC．the Air and Space MuseumD．the Science Museum44．In the Air and Space Museum，you can ．A．create a stampB．build a houseC．make a paper airplaneD．explore a future city．45．The Sixth Time I Went to the Principal's OfficeWhen I was in the seventh grade，I had problems behaving．My heart was in the right place，but Icouldn't always follow the rules．I played many tricks on my schoolmates．Once，I even pulled a girl's hair on the school bus to get her attention．As a result，I was repeatedly sent to the office of the principal（校长）．Although I hated going there，I did not hate the principal，Mr．Ratcliff．Mr．Ratcliff was a kind，elderly man．When he spanked（打屁股） me for putting some ants into aclassmate's pencil box，it didn't hurt at all，but it did hurt my feelings．I thought so much of him andmoments like that seemed to prove I was hopelessly bad．When I got called to Mr．Ratcliff's office for the sixth time，I had no idea what I had done．I feltdisappointed as I walked down there．I went into his office，sat down，and looked at the floor．Then he said the last thing I expected to hear："Kevin，I've heard you've been behaving really well lately．I want you to know how proud I am of you，and I just called you downto my office to give you a peppermint．""Really？"I was surprised．"Yes．Now you can take that peppermint and go back to class．"I carried the peppermint with me as if it was a gold coin．When I got into my classroom，I bragged （吹嘘） to my classmates about my turnaround，excitedly．I wasn't so bad after all．Mr．Ratcliff was really kind．He made me realize that I was just a kid who had problems with behavior．He bought some peppermints and took the time to notice me when I got something﹣anything﹣right．Mr．Ratcliff gave me some hope by giving me some love．I will just remember him for the rest of my life．45．In his seventh grade，the writer ．A．hated the principalB．had problems behavingC．always followed the rulesD．often helped his classmates46．How did the writer feel when he went to the principal's office for the sixth time？A．Lonely．B．Excited．C．Confident．D．Disappointed．47．The sixth time the writer went to the principal's office，he got ．A．a peppermintB．a model busC．a pencil boxD．a coin48．The writer will always remember Mr．Ratcliff，because the principal ．A．talked with him in the officeB．played games with himC．expected him to be a teacherD．gave him some hope and love．49．Buying Is Doing？How important is shopping to you？How much time do you spend buying things？And how much timedo you spend organizing these things in your home？In the future，how much time will you spend in movietheaters，at amusement parks，at shopping malls，or at convenience stores？When you add it all up，you will probably see you spend a lot of your life consuming（消费）things．Consuming products is not necessarily bad．However，if we spend too much time doing it，we should look at it carefully．Imagine that you have a week off from school．You don't have to go to class．However，in this week，you cannot spend any money﹣﹣﹣﹣﹣no shopping，no movies，no eatingout．How would you spend your time？What things would bring you happiness？Perhaps you would take a walk with your best friend．Perhaps you would help a child read．Or you might spend time with your family．When we look back，it is likely that non﹣consuming experiences like these will be our most importantmemories．Why？Non﹣consuming activities are active，not passive．They don't come in a package．You make the experience yourself．For example，each person who reads to a child will have a different experience．The experience changes with the reader，the child，and the book．Similarly，when you have a conversation with a friend，you are actively creating an experience．The conversation that you have with your friend cannot be experienced or recreated by anyone else．However，if you watch a movie with a friend，you will each have a package experience．It requires no action and little interaction between the two of you．The environment we live in encourages us to have packaged experiences．We feel that we must consume because we believe that buying is doing．However，we can start a personal revolution （变革） against consumerism．How？By consuming less．We can ask ourselves what experiences bring us the greatestsatisfaction．Then we can organize our lives so that we have more of those kinds of experiences．49．If consuming products takes too much time，we should ．A．spend less moneyB．think about it carefullyC．organize our thingsD．go to convenience stores50．According to the passage，the writer believes that ．A．we can say no to consumerism by consuming lessB．buying things can bring us the greatest satisfactionC．the environment seldom influences our shopping choices D．consuming experiences will be our most important memories 51．What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage？A．To introduce some ways of enjoying our spare time．B．To encourage people to have more active experiences．C．To explain reasons behind people's shopping behavior．D．To share his personal experience in consuming products．52．Say you're sitting around with some friends playing video games and someone mentions a game that happens to be one of your favorites．"Oh，that game's easy．So not worth the time，"one of your friends says．The others agree．Although you enjoy the game quite a lot，not wanting to argue with them，you go along with the crowd．You have just experienced what is commonly referred to as peer pressure（同伴压力），also called peerinfluence．You will adopt a certain type of behavior，dress，or attitude in order to be accepted as part of a group of your"peers"．As a teen，you are likely to have experienced the effect of peer pressure in a number of different areas．We are all influenced by our peers at any age．For teens，as school and other activities take you awayfrom home，you may spend more time with your friends than with your family．As you become moreindependent，your peers naturally play a greater role in your life．According to Dr．Casey from Cornell University，teens are very quickand accurate in making decisionson their own and in situations where they have time to think．However，when they make decisions in theheat of the moment or in social situations，their decisions are often influenced by factors like peers．In arecent study，teen volunteers played a video driving game，either alone or with friends watching．Theresearchers discovered that the number of risks teens took more than doubled when their friends werewatching，compared with when they played alone．This shows that teens may find it more difficult to control risky behavior when their friends are around，or in situations where they are extremely angry．Just as people can influence us to make unwise choices，they can also influence us to make good ones．A teen might join in a volunteer project because his or her friends are doing it，or get good grades because his or her friends think getting good grades is important．In fact，friends often encourage each other to study，or try out for sports．While we are always influenced by those around us，the decision toact or not is up to us．So when itcomes to decision making，the choice is up to you．52．According to the passage，Dr．Casey probably agrees that teens ．A．like to play driving games with their friendsB．prefer situations where they have time to thinkC．may take more risks when their friends are aroundD．are slow in making decisions when they are on their own 53．The words"in the heat of the moment"in Paragraph 4probably mean" "．A．when teens avoid possible risksB．when teens trust their judgmentC．when teens lose control over their angerD．when teens give consideration to situations54．What can we learn from the passage？A．Teens are eager to be different from their peers．B．Peer pressure has effects on both teens and adults．C．Peer pressure does more harm than good to teens．D．Tees think it challenging to get good grades at school．55．Which of the following would be the best title for the passage？A．Peer Pressure：Is It Necessary to Deal with It？B．Peer Pressure：Is It Possible to Get Away from It？C．Peer Pressure：Its Benefits to Teens and Friend Making D．Peer Pressure：Its Influence on Teens and Decision Making．七、阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项．每个选项只能用一次．（共10 分，每小题2 分）56．From the Other SideLara and Tara are twins．（56） but they are very different in everything else．For example，hot food is Lara's favorite，and Tara has a sweet choice．However，this isn't the problem with the twin girls．They always argued that the opposite one was wrong．（57），while Tarainsisted that mornings were fresh and it was difficult to stay up till midnight．（58）．To put an end to their fights，their parents decided to create a small drama．They wanted the girls to understand that they were both correct from their own point of view．Their parents covered the girls'eyes with black ribbons，and brought them to the dining room．（59）Lara was asked to stand on one side of the board and Tara on the other．They couldn't see the other side of it．When the ribbons were taken away，they were surprised to see a huge board between them．Now，their father asked Lara，"What's the color of the board？"She replied，"It's black!"（60）．She replied，"It's white!"The two girls began to argue again．While Lara was confident it was black，Tara was sure it was white．Then，they were asked to exchange（交换）their places．They couldn't believe their eyes．Tara，who insisted it was a white board，saw a black one．Similarly，Lara，who argued the board was black，was shocked to see a white one．They understood that each of them was right in her own view．Most of us are like Lara and Tara．We are right most times，but insist that others are wrong!A．They look like each otherB．For years，their arguments continuedC．Their mother asked Tara the same questionD．In the room，a big board was placed in the middleE．Lara thought it was terrible to get up early in the morning．八、阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题．（共10 分，每小题2 分）61．What's in a Name？Many American names come from England．But where did most English names come from？Centuries ago，most people in England had only one name﹣﹣their first name．In the 11th century，five or six of the 50people in a village might be named William，and it was easy to get confused．But in the Middle Ages，people found a way to describe each person exactly．If there were four Williams in one village，one might bereferred to as William the son of John．A second might be called William from the hill．A third，William the blacksmith（铁匠）．And a fourth，William the brown haired．In conversation，people might refer to the four Williams as William John's son，William hill，William smith，and William brown．It was 300or 400years before the extra （附加的） names gradually developed into last names，orsurnames．They were passed on from generation to generation．By the 1300s，Robert，the son of Williamsmith，had the name Robert smith，even if he was not a blacksmith like his father．As the last name became widely accepted，the first letter was capitalized，as in Robert Smith．By the 15th century，most people of the upper and middle classes had surnames．Many surnames were based on father﹣son relations．The"son of"part was added to the father's firstname，like Johnson，meaning John's son．Sometimes it was shortened to just"s"，as in Jones or Evans．Surnames like Hill described the place where a person lived．They are the most common type of surname．A third kind of surname wasbased on a person's job．Forester was someone who looked after the forest．In the Middle Ages，occupation names such as Baker，Carpenter，and Miller became common．The fourth kind of surname was nickname（绰号）．A man whose surname was Bear might be as fierce as a bear．Have you ever wondered why some surnames are so common？The most common surname in the English language is Smith．Being able to make metals（金属）into tools was an important skill in the Middle Ages，and many people were trained as blacksmiths．The most common American surnames are Smith，Johnson，William and Brown．61．Where do many American names come from？62．When did people find a way to describe each person exactly？63．How long did it take for extra names to develop into last names？64．What is the fourth paragraph mainly about？65．Why were many people trained blacksmith in the Middle Ages？九、文段表达（15 分）66．从下面两个题目中任选一题，根据中文和英文提示，完成一篇不少于50 词的文段写作．文中已给出内容不计入总词数．所给提示词语仅供选用．请不要写出你的校名和姓名．题目①假如你是李华，正在美国参加一个交换生项目．今天下午你应邀和朋友Jim 一家外出，请用英语给接待家庭的妈妈Mrs．Smith 写一个留言条，告诉她你们要去哪里，去做什么，以及你回家的时间和方式．提示词语：park，movie theater，go boating，watch a movie提示问题：Where are you going？What are you going to do？When and how will you get home？Dear Mrs．Smith，My friend Jim asks me to go out with his family this afternoon．Li Hua．67．题目②宽容是一种美德．人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊．面对矛盾，多一份包容和谅解，生活就会多一缕阳光．某英文网站正在开展以"包容、谅解"为主题的征文活动．假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历，主要内容包括：你们之间发生了什么，你为什么原谅对方，以及原谅对方之后的感受．提示词语：hurt，realize，forgive（原谅），happy提示问题：What happened between you and him/her？Why did you decide to forgive him/her？How did you feel after forgiving him/her？I still remember what happened between2017年北京市中考英语试卷参考答案与试题解析一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．（共5 分，每小题1 分）1．【考点】14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略2．【考点】14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略3．【考点】14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略4．【考点】14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略5．【考点】14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．（共15 分，每小题分）6．请听一段对话，完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What does the woman want to drink？A．Tea．B．Milk．C．Juice．7．How much does the woman pay？A．﹩7．B．﹩8．C．﹩9．【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略8．请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题．8．Where are the speakers going to have a picnic？A．In the park．B．On the hill．C．At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakers for the picnic？A．The boy's dad．B．The boy's grandpa．C．The boy's grandma．【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略10．请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A．By train．B．By car．C．By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A．He drew a picture．B．He fed an elephant．C．He saw a bird show．【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略12．请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What are the speakers mainly talking about？A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．13．What does the man think of reading？A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult．C．He thinks it takes too much time．【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略14．请听一段独白，完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What can we know about the speaker？A．She lives near her school．B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．15．Why does the speaker send this message？A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．【考点】16：短文理解．【分析】略【解答】略16．听对话，记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service Request FormName（16）略WhitePhone（17）略Address 56（18）略RoadService Moving a double（19）略Time On （20）略，July 31【考点】17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略四、单项选择（共10 分，每小题1 分）从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker． is very kind．（）A．He B．She C．His D．It【考点】61：人称代词．【分析】我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．【解答】答案：A．考查人称代词．句意：我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．根据题干My father is a worker． is very kind．可知My father是男性，空后有is，所以用he，即我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．故选A．22．More and more young people go skating winter．（）A．at B．in C．on D．to【考点】7B：常用介词的辨析．【分析】越来越多的年轻人在冬天滑冰．【解答】答案：B当表示时间时，at用于具体的时刻前；in用于年、月、季节和泛指的早上、下午、晚上前；on用于日期、星期、具体的早上、下午、晚上前．to用于分钟数和整点间，表示差…分到…点．此处的winter是季节，选B．23．﹣﹣﹣ did you stop playing？﹣﹣﹣Because I was tired．（）A．How B．Why C．When D．Where【考点】97：疑问副词．【分析】﹣﹣你为什么不玩了？﹣﹣因为我累了．【解答】答案：B．考查疑问副词．句意：﹣﹣你为什么不玩了？﹣﹣因为我累了．how怎样，用于询问方式；why为什么，用于提问原因；when什么时候，提问时间；where哪里，提问地点．根据回答Because I wastired．因为我累了．可知问的是原因，所以说你为什么不玩了？用why．故选B．24．The hotel is very old．It's one of buildings in the city．（）A．old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest【考点】81：形容词的比较级和最高级．【分析】这家旅馆很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一．【解答】答案：D．考查最高级．句意"这家旅馆很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一．"．A旧的，形容词原级．B更旧的，比较级．C最高级前通常加the．D最旧的，最高级．结合语境one of…"…之一"，由buildings inthe city在城市里的建筑，可知三者以上比较，用最高级the oldest最旧的．选D．25．﹣﹣﹣ I hand in the report today？﹣﹣﹣No，you needn't．（）A．Can B．Must C．Shall D．Could【考点】DB：情态动词．【分析】﹣﹣﹣我必须今天交报告吗？﹣﹣﹣﹣不，没有必要．【解答】答案：B．结合下文No，you needn't和上下文语境可知上文是说我必须上交吗？故用must开头的一般疑问句，故答案是B．26．﹣﹣﹣How do you usually go to school？﹣﹣﹣I to school on foot．（）A．go B．went C．was going D．will go【考点】F6：时态辨析．【分析】﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学．【解答】答案：A．考查时态．句意"﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学．"．A动词原形．B过去时．C过去进行时态．D一般将来时态．由usually通常，可知表示习惯性动作用一般现在时态主语是I我，第一人称，谓语动词用原形go．答案是A．27．My mother some washing when the telephone rang．（）A．does B．did C．is doing D．was doing【考点】F6：时态辨析．【分析】电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服．【解答】答案：D．考查时态．句意"电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服．"．A 第三人称单数．B过去时．C现在进行时态．D过去进行时态．由rang过去式，可知表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作，这里指电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服，用过去进行时态，结构是was/were+动词的现在分词．主语是mother单数，用was．do的现在分词是doing．答案是D．28．Lily is my classmate．We each other since she came to our school．（）A．know B．knew C．have known D．will know【考点】F5：现在完成时．【分析】莉莉是我的同学，自从她来我们学校我们就认识彼此了．【解答】答案：C．结合可知动作发生在过去，对现在造成一定的影响，故用现在完成时have/has+过去分词，主语we．故have，故答案是C．29．The mobile phone in 1973．（）A．invents B．is invented C．invented D．was invented【考点】GA：语态的辨析．【分析】手机是1973发明的．【解答】答案：D．考查被动语态．句意"手机是1973发明的．"．A第三人称单数．B一般现在时态的被动语态．C过去时．D一般过去时态的被动语态．结合语境1973年，可知应该是一般过去时态，因此A，B不正确．主语mobile phone手机，是动词invent"发明"动作的承受者，因此用一般过去时态的被动语态，结构是was/were+动词的过去分词，C不正确．答案是D．30．﹣﹣﹣Judy，could you tell me_______the schoolbag？﹣﹣﹣Oh，yes．I bought it in a store on the Internet．（）A．where did you buy B．where will you buyC．where you bought D．where you will buy【考点】K5：宾语从句．【分析】﹣﹣朱蒂，你能告诉我你在哪里买的书包吗？﹣﹣哦，是的．我在网上的一家商店买的．【解答】答案：C．根据Could you tell me ？再结合选项，可知could you tell me后面是跟一个宾语从句，宾语从句中应该用陈述语序，即主语+谓语，所以排除AB．再根据I bought it in a store on the Internet．是说我在网上的一家商店买的．可知是一般过去时，排除D，故选：C．五、完形填空（共15 分，每小题分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To pass her Civics course（公民课程），she had to do some volunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday，Emily went to the nursing home after school．When she arrived，she was told she would（31） B an hour every weekday with an elderly lady，Mrs．Blair．She was then led into a room，where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofa．Emily（32） C awkwardly（别扭地）in front of the lady．She cleared her throat and said，"Good afternoon I'm Emily．""Good afternoon，Emily．Take a seat，please．"Mrs．Blair replied．Then，（33） D filled the space between them．Emily wondered what to say．"Tell me about yourself，Emily，"Mrs．Blair said suddenly．"Well，"Emily started，"I don't have any grandparents，so I can't relate to elderly people much．I love the performing arts．I'm here mainly because I have to（34） C here to get a good grade for my Civics class．"Mrs．Blair didn't seem to（35） A ．"Many people，especially teens，don't seem to care about old people like me．Now you are here，and I'm going to change that about you．Ask me anything．"Emily thought for a moment，and finally decided，"What was your job？""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s．"Mrs．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？"Emily asked，amazed．Mrs．Blair smiled．"Back then，only the lead actress had the honor to wear a（36） B bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays，so I always wore the bracelet．Till this day，I still have it．"Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listened to the other stories，attentively．She had become sointerested in Mrs．Blair's（37） C that she decided to come earlier the next day．Tuesday，Wednesday，and Thursday passed by quickly．Then came Friday．As she was leaving，Emilywas really（38） A to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me，"Mrs．Blair comforted her．She then handed a small box to Emily，"It's my gift to you．"Emily（39） D opened the box and was surprised to see what was inside．"It's the bracelet that youwore．Thank you!"Emily said，with tears in her eyes．"I'm sure to visit you whenever I'm free．"On the way home，Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts．She touched the bracelet andmade a （40） A that she would keep her word to Mrs．Blair．31．A．waste B．spend C．plan D．exercise32．A．asked B．sat C．stood D．danced 33．A．warmth B．sadness C．happiness D．silence 34．A．study B．live C．volunteer D．play35．A．mind B．fear C．insist D．regret 36．A．strange B．special C．common D．private37．A．dreams B．hobbies C．stories D．jokes38．A．upset B．confused C．surprised D．nervous39．A．proudly B．secretly C．worriedly D．carefully40．A．promise B．change C．judgment D．choice．【考点】N1：记叙文．【分析】文章讲述了Emily为了通过她的公民课程不得不去养老院照顾老人，于是她结识了Blair太太，一开始气氛很尴尬，因为Emily不擅于与老人相处，她只是为了完成这门课程，但与Blair太太的聊天改变了她．Blair让她介绍下自己，她说自己喜欢表演，Blair太太告诉她她年轻时是百老汇的明星，由此Emily开始对她感兴趣，经常来听她的故事．后来Blair太太将自己戴的手镯送给了Emily，Emily承诺说自己一有空就会去陪她．【解答】31．B 考查动词．A表示浪费；B表示花费； C表示计划；D表。

2017年北京市西城区中考一模英语试题(word版含答案)

2017年北京市西城区中考一模英语试题(word版含答案)

北京市西城区2017届中考一模英语试卷2017.4听力理解<共30 分>一､听对话,从下面各题所给的A､B､C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片.每段对话你将听两遍. <共5 分,每小题1 分>二､听对话,根据对话内容,从下面各题所给的A､B､C 三个选项中选择最佳选项. 每段对话你将听两遍. <共15 分,每小题1.5 分>请听一段对话,完成第6 至第7 小题.6. What’s wrong with Max?A. He has got a headache.B. He has got a toothache.C. He has got a stomachache.7. What did Max do before dinner?A. He ate all of the cakes.B. He drank too much water.C. He went to his friend’s house.请听一段对话,完成第8 至第9 小题.8. Why are the speakers going to paint the club walls?A. Because the walls look terrible.B. Because they need more practice.C. Because the club invited them to do so.9. What do they decide to paint on the walls?A. Animals.B. Sports.C. Flags or maps.请听一段对话,完成第10 至第11 小题.10. What are the speakers going to do on Saturday night?A. Fly to London.B. See a play.C. Go shopping.11. When will they meet?A. At 6 ∶00.B. At 6 ∶15.C. At 7 ∶45.请听一段对话,完成第12 至第13 小题.12. What is the wildlife park like today?A. It’s a mess.B. It’s crowded.C. It’s beautiful.13. What are they going to do next?A. Watch wild animals.B. Make a TV program.C. Ask more people for help.请听一段对话,完成第14 至第15 小题.14. What is Emily’s new flat like?A. It has no kitchen.B. It’s a modern flat.C. It has one bedroom and one bathroom.15. What can we learn from the dialogue?A. She is planning to clean her new flat.B. She will move into a new flat next week.C. Her new flat is close to her workplace.三､听对话,记录关键信息. 本段对话你将听两遍. <共10 分,每小题2 分>请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语, 将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上.四､单项填空<共10分,每小题1分>从下面各题所给的A､B､C､D四个选项中,选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项｡21. My father is great and ________ always helps others.A. heB. hisC. himD. himself22. Mother’s Day is ________ the second Sunday in May.A. inB. onC. atD. of23. —Do you know that the dog can call the police for help?—Really? It’s ________ thing I have heard.A. interestingB. more interestingC. the more interestingD. the most interesting24. Remember to exercise every day, ________ you will get fat.A. andB. butC. orD. so25. —________ I hand in my homeword today?—No, you needn’t. Tomorrow today?A. CanB. MayC. MustD. Would26. I’m sorry that you’ve missed the bus. It ________ 10 minutes ago.A. leftB. is leavingC. leavesD. will leave27. —________ did you travel to Shanghai to business?—By train.A. HowB. WhatC. WhereD. When28. My brother ________ cartoons when I got home.A. watchesB. has watchedC. is watchingD. was watching29. Most of the Earth’s surface ________ by water.A. coverB. is coveredC. was coveredD. covered30. —Jim, can you tell me ________?—Next month.A. when did you go on a school tripB. when will you go on a school tripC. when you went on a school tripD. when you will go on a school trip 五､完形填空<共15分,每小题1.5分>阅读下面的短文,掌握其大意,然后从短文后各题所给的A､B､C､D四个选项中,选择最佳选项｡The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly scorned middle-school swimming team. The atmosphere<气氛>on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of 31 . However, the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared<盯着>in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents<对手>.Halfway through the meet, Coach Huey realized that be had no swimmers for one of the events."Okay team, who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle?" the coach asked.Several hands went up, including Justin Rigsbee’s. "I’ll race, Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said, "Justin, this race is twenty lengths of the pool. I’ve only seen you swim eight.""Oh, I can do it, Coach. Let me try."Coach Huey finally agreed, not 32 though. After all, he thought, it’s not the winning but the trying that builds 33 .The whistle<哨子>blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds. The winners got together to socialize while our group 34 to finish. After four more long minutes, the last tired members of our team got out of the water.The last except for Justin.Justin was 35 breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward. It appeared that he would go under at any minute. Yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward."Why doesn’t the coach stop this child?" the parents spoke among themselves. "He looks like he’s not going to make it, and the race was won four minutes ago."But what the parents did not realize was that the real race, the race of a boy becoming a man, was just 36 .The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke. The parents thought, "Oh, he’s finally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself." But to their 37 . the coach stepped back from the pool’s edge, and the young man continued to swim.One teammate, inspired by his brave friend, went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued. "Come on, Justin, you can do it! Keep going! Don’t give up!" He was joined by another, then another, until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and 38 their teammate to finish the race set before him. Their opponents saw what was happening and 39 them. Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer.Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown, a tired but 40 Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool, The standing ovation <起立鼓掌>they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his, just for finishing the race.31. A. friends B. holidays C. training D. victory32. A. willingly B. nervously C. curiously D. seriously33. A. friendship B. bridgea C. success D. character34. A. learned B. started C. tried D. failed35. A. stealing B. holding C. losing D. wasting36. A. ending B. beginning C. canceled D. organized37. A. shame B. joy C. surprise D. satisfaction38. teaching B. encouraging C. forcing D. asking39. A. left B. stopped C. guided D. joined40. A. crying B. energetic C. smiling D. helpful阅读理解<共50分>六､阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从短文后各题所给的A､B､C､D四个选项中,选择最佳选项｡<共30分,每小题2分>41. What’s the cost of Master Chef?A. $140B. $135C. $260D. $16042. In Musical Theater, children will create their own plays _______.A. to learn basic techniquesB. to improve speaking skillsC. to develop their creativityD. to take part in games43. Which course provides a packed lunch?A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo44. The passage in a<n> _______.A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisementBQiu Shaochun is the most famous leaf-blowing musician inChina. The 53-year-old has performed in more than 30countriesand areas. beginning almost twenty years ago, when he touredSpain, France and Italy with a theater company from Xiamen,Fujian Province.Growing up in a Fujian village, Qiu would spend hours listening to fishermen make music by blowing on leaves. He learned the skill from his father, a high school music teacher. Later, he majored <主修> in Erhu and became a successful Erhu player. But he never gave up on his childhood dream of making leaf-blowing his career. He achieved this when he joined the traveling theater company from Xiamen in 1996.Qiu is trying to bring leaf-blowing to a higher level. Over the years, he has learned how to play three octaves <八度音阶> on a leaf. In addition to Chinese songs, he also plays well-known foreign ones. He has also improved his playing methods by controlling and adjusting <调节> his breath."Leaves may be the oldest and simplest musical instrument in the world," he said. People，years ago for fun and communication. Though any learned to play the leaf more than 10000kind of leaf can be used as an instrument, it is important to choose tough <坚韧的>, smooth and thin leaves. Qiu prefers the leaves of the banyan, the city tree of Fuzhou, where he now lives.He is now trying hard to spread leaf-blowing. Qiu was invited to give talks and performances on the campus of the Chinese University of Hong Kong, encouraging a group of 15people, including several professors, to take up leaf-blowing as a bobby.45. Qiu learned the skill of leaf-blowing from _______.A. his fatherB. fishermenC. an Erhu PlayerD. a theater manager46. Qiu made leaf-blowing his career when _______.A. he lived in SpainB. he finished his high schoolC. he was 53years oldD. he joined the theater company，years ago, people played the leaf for _______.47. According to the passage, 10000A. health and self-protectionB. fun and communicationC. playing three octavesD. controlling and adjusting breath48. Why did Qiu go to the Chinese University of Hong Kong?A. To improve his skillsB. To collect banyan leavesC. To spread the art of leaf-blowingD. To encourage people to travelCHelp! Is This My Body?Has this eve r happened to you? You’re dressing for a party and when you pull on your favorite years, you can no longer button them. If you’ve ever felt out of step with your body, you’re not alone. We become more aware of <意识> looks right around the time our bodies begin changing. This can make physical changes difficult to deal with emotionally. Getting used to a changing body is about more than just looks, though, Lots of teens base their self-image <自我形象> on how their bodies feel and perform. Changes in our bodies’ appearance, performance—even such small details as the way they smell—are all perfectly normal parts of growing up.So what can you do to help become more comfortable with your body physically andemotionally? Here are some ideas.Don’t compare! It’s natural to look at our friends for comparison. But it’s not a good idea. Comparing ourselves with others is problematic became everyone develops differently and at different times. If you go through a growth sport <increase> early, you may feel too tall. Yet your friend may be thinking that he or she is too small. It’s usually hardest for the people who develop first or last.Treat your body well. Making educated choices about food exercise is part of developing a mind and life of your own. Healthy eating and exercise can also give you some control over how your body turns out. Many teens stop playing sports around the time their bodies develop. You can still do any activity if you really are interested in it. It’s also all right to switch <转换> to another activit y. Don’t stop exploring how your body feels. Do different activities that help you become more familiar with your body.Walk tall—even if you’re not! There’s not much you can do about your height or development, but you can focus on what you really like a bout yourself. Maybe it’s your curly hair or the dimple <酒窝> you get when you smile. Maybe it’s that you are a really thoughtful person or you are good at making people laugh. As your body changes, it can help to work on good posture and walk with a sense of confidence. After doing this for a while, you’ll probably become more confident too.Accept and appreciate your body, no matter what it looks like right now. and—just like a good friend—it can do a lot for you in return!49. What does the writer think of comparing oneself with others?A. It’s good way to build teens’ self-confidence.B. It’s wrong because not everyone wants to be perfect.C. It’s necessary if teens want to know how well their bodies develop.D. it’s unreasonable because teens’ bodies don’t develop at the same speed.50. What does the writer suggest teens do in Paragraph 4?A. Stop playing dangerous sports.B. Eat more to get more energy.C. Make wise food and exercise choices.D. Do different activities that strengthen the body.51. What’s the writer’s purpose of writing this passage?A. To encourage teens to be different from other.B. To advise teens to properly deal with their body changes.C. To invite teens to join in more sports and have a healthier diet.D. To help teens realize that their bodies are always changing.DMindlessly checking Facebook makes you an awful lot like a lab rat <老鼠> continuously pushing a button in order to get a treat.When you check your phone, your brain gets its own little zing; Someone might be talking about you on Facebook! No? Reload. Maybe your Instagram got a heart! Reload. Reload.But you’re no rat. Human brains can fight the ways apps hijack our brains, if we learn some skills to deal with this problem.Are Facebook or Twitter "addictions" <瘾>? Recent scientific research about social media <媒体> doesn’t agree on that term, but evidence <证据> that we aren’t doing well is present atdinner tables where everyone is staring at screens, and at crosswalks where absent-minded people walk into traffic.I became mindful of my early-morning bad habits. Pre-coffee, half awake, I’d lie there for an hour with my phone. So I called up psychologists, brain scientists and app designers for advice on what actually would help me.Surprisingly, th ey didn’t tell me to immediately stop, but instead told me I needed the skills for managing social media as part of my life.Limit Triggers <诱因>Our brains are made to quickly eat up information. So why let social-media companies decide when to attract you? Turn off app notifications <通告> on your phone and computer. Especially for live video broadcasts. They are designed to create the fear of missing out.Avoid QuicksandWhen you’re on Facebook, it is easy to red one article, then another.Nir Eyal, author of the 2014book "Hooked" says he forces himself not to read anything right away. Instead, he saves articles to a service called Pocket, which reads them aloud while he’s at the gym.We hurt ourselves when we use social media as a break from serious work .Our brains need a chance to be empty .Research suggests the best way to help your brain focus is exercise, even for a short period. Staring into space would be better than refreshing Facebook.Make New NormsNot that long ago, you could be fired for not paying attention during a meeting or class; now, many openly use their phones or laptops. Bosses could set a better work culture byproviding charging<充电>stations at meetings where everyone could leave their phones, then focus on the discussion at hand. Mr. Eyal suggests you try shaming friends who have bad habits –if you do it politely. If someone is not listening to you at dinner. ask, "Is everything OK?" The answer might start an important conversation.Tech Should HelpThe social-media industry has a responsibility here, too. Since companies usually know exactly how much time users spend on their apps. they should offer help to people who have problem behavior. And for the rest for the rest of us, let’s encourage app makers to make th eir products more helpful, not more demanding of our time.52. What does the underlined word "hijack" in Paragraph 3 probably mean?A. Wash.B. Hurt.C. Control.D. Empty.53. Why does Mr. Eyal save articles to Pocket?A. T o rest his tired brain.B. To refresh his Facebook immediatelyC. T o get more time to exercise.D. To avoid being attracted by social media.54. What is the best title of this passage?A. Take a break from busy life.B. Free your brain from social media.C. Separate social life your work.D. Keep your life away from apps.55. What can we infer from the passage?A. The social-media industry should make more app products.B. People with problem behavior should ask brain scientists for help.C. We should decide when to connect to social media by ourselves.D. A company with charging stations must have a better work culture.七､阅读短文,根据短文内容,从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项｡每个选项只能用一次｡<共10分,每小题2分>When I was a child. There were street vendors <小贩>who were selling perfume <香水>.They were carrying a box with perfume bottles and selling then. ___56___One day, I went shopping with my father in my hometown . My father went to the nearest perfume-vendor. They talked a little.____57___. The perfume –vendor had a lot of big bottles of perfume and a big metal syringe. He put perfume from a big bottle into a smaller one by using that syringe. Anyway , it was done … Suddenly I noticed that the perfume-vendor was coming near me with his syringe!___58___. Oh my God! At that time I rushed out to the street and started to run. I even left my father there and ran home madly.__59___. He said: "What happened? Why did you run away and leave me there?" I said, "The perfume-vendor wanted to inject<注射>me in the head." My father laughed every hard and said, "___60___-He just wanted to spray<喷洒>a little perfume on you, so your hair would smell nice, and you thought he wanted to inject you, ha!"I have to say that I really thought that. I was afraid of injections even if I got ill andneeded to be injected, I worried about my head…八､阅读短文,根据短文内容回答问题｡<共10分,每小题2分>A Smile, by Cholce!"I want this report before Sunday! Your deadline!" Robin, my boss, shouted at me as usual. On a Friday evening, that meant my weekend plan would be destroyed. "Sir, I may need some more time. I will try my best for earlier but, Tuesday for sure, sir." Though it was useless, I tried to express my unwillingness to work on the weekend.I was disappointed and upset .I came to my desk, but I couldn’t go on with my work. I decided to leave for the day and come early to work on Saturday morning. What was worse, I couldn’t get my car going. So I decided to take a taxi. As I got close to the road. I became more disappointed. It was raining heavily. I ran to take cover under a tree. Getting wet was adding to my unhappiness big time. Why always me? I could not stop pitying myself. I had no reason to smile or be kappy.While I was waiting, I saw a little girl in a dirty and dusty shirt under a iny roof<屋檐>nearby. Her hair looked untidy. She was playing with a puppy on her lap. Puppy was a street dog just like the girl. Both of them appeared happy with each other. The girl took out a piece of bread from her bag. She held the bread’s corner in her mouth inviting the dog to catch the bread. When the dog managed to get the bread, the girl laughed and hugged the puppy tight. Her laughter was carefree. I had not realized; my eyes were moist<湿润的>with tears.I had not thought about my office, my disappointment, my unhappiness even for a momentsince watching this little girl. She did not want what I wanted. She had nothing that I had. However, she had what I lacked<缺乏>—the spirit to be happy, the ability to find a reason to smile.She had unknowingly taught me a priceless lesson. Happiness does not depend on what you have; it depends on what you think of what you have. If she could laugh in the situation she was in, who was stopping me? Me, myself!With a new understanding of life. I started walking in the rain. Yes, I was smiling. I had learnt stealing a smile, by choice, from little moments of life.61. Did the boss ask the writer to hand in the report before Sunday?62. How did the writer feel when he came to his desk?63. What was the girl doing when the writer saw her?64. Compared with the girl, what did the writer lack?65. What does the writer learn from the girl?书面表达<共15分>九､文段表达<15分>66. 从下面两个题目中任选一题,根据中文和英文提示,完成一篇不少于50词的文段写作｡文中已给出内容不计入总词数｡所给提示词语仅供选用｡请不要写出你的校名和姓名｡题目1假如你是李华,你们学校将要举办国际文化节活动,你打算邀请你们班外教Sam参加｡请用英语写一封电子邮件,告诉他活动的时间和地点､活动内容,以及他需要做什么准备｡提示词语:performance, speech, camera, poster, exhibition, taste提示问题:·When and where will you have the International Culture Festival?·What will you do at the festival?·What do you advise Sam to prepare for the festival?题目2假如你是李华,某英文网站以"一个值得去的地方"为题征文｡请你用英语写一篇短文投稿,谈谈你心目中哪里是值得去的地方,它是什么样子的,以及它为什么是个值得去的地方｡提示词语:famous, attractive, natural, beauty, history, enjoy提示问题:·Where is the place?·What is the place like?·Why should people visit it?A Place People Should VisitI have been to many interesting places, but there is one place I think everybody should paya visit to._______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________北京市西城区2017 届中考一模英语试卷答案及评分参考听力理解一､听对话, 选图.1. B2. A3. C4. B5. A二､听对话或独白, 选择答案.6. C7. A8. A9. B 10. B11. A 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. C三､听对话或独白, 记录关键信息.16. smaller 17. cut 18. grow 19. friend 20. art知识运用四､单项填空21. A 22. B 23. D24. C 25. C26. A 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. D五､完形填空31. D 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. A36. B 37. C 38. B 39. D 40. C阅读理解六､阅读短文, 选择最佳选项.41. A 42. C 43. C 44. D 45. A46. D 47. B 48. C 49. D 50. C51. B 52. C 53. D 54. B 55. C七､阅读短文, 还原句子.56. E 57. D 58. B 59. C 60. A八､阅读短文, 回答问题.61. Yes.62. Disappointed and upset.63. She was playing with a dog.64. The spirit to be happy and the ability to find a reason to smile.65. Happiness does not depend on what you have but depends on what you think of what you have and nobody can stop you smiling at life.书面表达九､文段表达66. 参考范文:。

北京市西城区2017年九年级模拟测试英语试卷

北京市西城区2017年九年级模拟测试英语试卷

北京市西城区2017年九年级模拟测试英语试卷 2017.5一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A 、B 、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。

每段对话你将听两遍。

(共5 分，每小题1 分)1. A.B. C.2. A.B. C.3. A.B. C.4. A. B. C.5.A. B. C.二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择最佳选项。

每段对话或独白你将听两遍。

(共15分，每小题1.5分)请听一段对话，完成第6至第7小题。

6. Where are the speakers?A. On a bus.B. In a hospital.C. In a restaurant.7. What is the most popular dish?A. The soup.B. The fish.C. The salad.请听一段对话，完成第8至第9小题。

8. What was Amy playing in the photo?A. The piano.B. The guitar.C. The violin.9. What are the speakers going to do?A. Take photos.B. Go to Australia.C. Have a concert.请听一段对话，完成第10至第11小题。

10. What did John ask Sally to do?A. Come to the birthday party.B. Help him with his math problem.C. Be his partner for the class project.11. What is Sally good at?A. Drawing.B. Writing.C. Dancing.请听一段对话，完成第12至第13小题。

12. What are the speakers mainly talking about?A. HomeworkB. HouseworkC. A machine.13. What will Jim probably do later?A. Do his homework.B. Buy a dishwasher.C. Help his mom.请听一段独白，完成第14至第15小题。

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编--完形填空专题.doc

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编--完形填空专题.doc

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编…完形填空专题东城区A Move to SafetyThe Turners sat at the kitchen table. The sun was shining and filed the kitchen with a warm light. It was a perfect day for having a picnic or going surfing. But in the Turners' kitchen, no one seemed to be paying attention to the 31 .“Okay, girls,” said Mrs. Turner. can tell by the expressions on your faces that you have a pretty good idea of why we need to have this family 32— Linda and Kala exchanged looks and slowly nodded.“Your mom and I have had man y talks lately about the possibility of 33 said Mr. Turner. u We were hoping that it wouldn't come to this, but we don't have other choices.""But Dad,” said Kala, "Kilauea has been an active volcano （火山）since 1983!Nothing has happened to us or to our house yet. I know we'll be ,34 here/'“But your dad and I care about all the recent warnings giving by the government.Even though we've been safe up to now, there is no way to guarantee （保证）that a larger eruption （喷发）isn't coming up,” said Mrs. Turner.“Mom, this is our 35 一. I can't even remember living anywhere else!” Linda said, fighting back tears.Mrs. Turner put an arm around her daughter's shoulder. "This won't go 36 for any of us,” she said. "Dad and I love this house, too. We have so many happy memories here. But we're tired of living with such uncertainty. The most important thing in the world to us is that our family stays safe.”Mr. Turner [7 ."Girls, there are other places in Hawaii where we'll feel safer. We'll have to give up our house, but you know home is wherever we go as a family. We'll make new memories, and we'll find things to love about our new home.”The girls were quiet for a moment as they considered what it would mean to move. "There are so many things ril 38 here,” said Kala quietly."We all will," said Mrs. Turner. "But one of the places that your dad and I have looked at is only a few minutes' walk to the beach.”Kala and Linda couldn't help 39 when they heard that. They both spent every spare minute they had surfing. If their parents told them that they could actually live in the water, they would have been perfectly happy.M E Turner walked around to the other side of the table. He put one large hand on each of his daughter's shoulders. "I'm proud of you two," he said. "Thank you for trying to 40 why this is so important to your mom and me.”Linda and Kala smiled. Dad was right: home was wherever the family was.31.A. kitchen B. table C. picnic D. weather32.A. trip B. meeting C. dinner D. celebration33.A. moving B. traveling C. returning D. rushing34.A. happy B. safe C. brave D. relaxed35.A. dream B. choice C. home D. island36.A. early B. easily C. quickly D. successfully37.A. nodded B> shouted C. judged D. repeated38.A. sense B. stress C.respect D. miss39.A. smiling B. arguing C. worrying D. doubting40.A. explain B. wonder C. understand D. discuss朝阳区Never Too LateThe morning Sean checked the email as usual. Then he found an unexpected email in his inboxCould he realize his dream late? Sean was now nearly 40, alone and poor. He dreamed of being a police officer for a long time and never made it. Was it possibly 31 this time?When Sean was only a 5-year-old boy, his father's friend Paul once 32 the little boy home in his police car. Sean was interested in the car, the lights and the uniform （制服）. He decided to be a hero like Paul.However, a high school English teacher 33 his dream. She argued that he had a true gift for writing and should not waste it being a police officer. Sean followed his teachefs advice and finally he became a 34 for a newspaper and married. During the years, he changed several jobs but nothing made him really 35 . His heart really wasn't in the job or marriage. Actually, he had never really given up his childhood 36 to become a policeman. His wife could not bear this and left him when Sean was 39 years old. Sean was 37 to move back to St. Ignace, where his dad lived. H I feel like a failure," Sean says. He was sad and lost 25 pounds in a few months.When his father encouraged him to search for a new job, the opportunity came. Phoenix was in great need of police officers and one of Sean's old friends emailed him, "Do you still want to be a police officer?” "Phoenix was a world away - 2100 miles from St. Ignace,” says Sean. "But here, at least, was one more 38 I felt reborn/1In order to pass the test to enter the police academy （学院），Sean 3 9 began training, setting a daily running rule of a mile and a half. Three weeks later when he arrived in Phoenix, Sean was a man physically and emotionally changed.Finally, Sean passed the written exam and completed the physical test. On Nov. 16, 2015, Sean finished his education in the police academy.The following year, Sean got a prize because of his excellent job. "It took me 35 years. But a promise is a promise. How many people can say they 40 their life's dream? " Sean says, H I did it. It just proves that it's never too late.”31.A.new B.different C.strange □.interesting32.A.guided B.led C.carried D.drove33.A.broke B.made C.kept D.supported34.A.teacher B.driver C.reporter D. manager35.A.rich B.happy C. famous D.lucky36.A.life B.work C.wish D.idea37.A.invited B. forced C.asked □.ordered38.A.chance B.time C.job D.dream39.A.busily B.carefully C.quietly D.immediately40.A.know B.have C.live D.meet石景山区I am the mother of two wonderful, beautiful and clever boys. I am also a policewoman who works on cases （案件）about children. It is my job to keep children 31 .Several months before my son Thomas's 32 birthday, he asked me what I did for work. I told him that it was to keep little boys and girls safe, but I did not go into any more details. Over the next several weeks I would hear my son telling people that his mommy's job was to keep little boys and girls safe. But then he seemed to 33 about it and didn't mention it any more.The day after Thomas's third birthday, I decided to take the day off from work to spend time with Thomas and Alex, his twenty-one-month-old brother. After saying goodbye to their fa由er I turned to my boys and said 34 that Mommy didn't have to go to work. She was going to spend the whole day with her boys! I looked down at Thomas. 35 to see an excited look on his face, but instead I saw tears in his eyes. I bent down （弯月要）close to him and asked him what was wrong. He looked at me with tears 36 down his face and said, “Who will keep little boys and girls safe if you don't go to work?” I could not believe that my son who just 37 three the day before was worried about the little boys and girls he did not even know.I took my son in my arm and gave him a big hug. And I 38 that there were other people who worked with mommy to keep the little boys and girls safe. We hugged each other for several minutes. And I tried to make him believe that the little boys and girls would 39 be safe even if Mommy stayed home. When he finally felt better he went off to play with one of his new toys.I sat there on the floor for a few minutes longer and was just 40 by the feelings my son had for these children that he had never met. I never explained what "safe" meant to three-year-old Thomas, but I believe that he understands its meaning very well.31. A. healthy B. popular C. polite D. safe32. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth33. A. dream B. talk C. worry D. forget34. A. nervously B. excitedly C. worry D. forget35. A. expecting B. offering C. starting D. deciding36. A. flying B. moving C. walking D. running37. A. turned B. grew C. changed D. counted38. A. suggested B. explained C. insisted D. complained39. A. just B. never C. still D. also40. A. bored B. suiprised C. troubled D. frightened西城区The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly formed middle-school swimming team. The atmosphere （气氛）on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of 1 . However, the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared （盯着）in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents （对手）・ Halfway through the meet, Coach Huey realized that he had no swimmers for one of the events."Okay team, who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle?0 the coach asked.Several hands went up, including Justin Rigsbee's. 'Til race. Coach!nThe coach looked down at the young boy and said, "Justin, this race is twenty lengths of the pool. Fve only seen you swim eight.H"Oh, I can do it, Coach. Let me try.”Coach Huey finally agreed, not 2 though. After all, he thought, ifs not the winning but the trying that builds 3 .The whistle （□肖子）blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds. The winners got together to socialize while our group 4 to finish. After four more long minutes, the lasttired members of our team got out of the water. The last except for Justin.Justin was 5 breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward. It appeared that he would go under at any minute, yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward."Why doesn't the coach stop this child?11the parents spoke among themselves. "He looks like he's not going to make it, and the race was won four minutes ago.”But what the parents did not realize was that the real race, the race of a boy becoming a man, was just 6 .The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke. The parents thought, ”Oh, he r s finally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself.M But to their 7 , the coach stepped back from the poofs edge, and the young man continued to swim.One teammate, inspired by his brave friend, went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued. "Come on, Justin, you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another, then another, until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and 8 their teammate to finish the race set before him. Their opponents saw what was happening and 9 them. Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer.Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown, a tired but 1（） Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool. The standing ovation （起立鼓掌）they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his, just for finishing the race.1. A.friends B.holidays C.training D.victory2.A.willingly B.nervously C.curiously D.seriously3.A.friendship B.bridges C.success D.character4.A.learned B.started C.tried □.failed5.A.stealing B.holding Closing □.wasting6.A.ending B.beginning C.canceled □.organized7.A.shame B.joy C.surprise □.satisfactio n8.A.teachingB.encouragingC.forcingD.asking9.A.left B.stopped C.guided D.joinedlO.A.ciying B.energetic C.smiling D.helpful31.A. advice32.A. nervous33.A. talk34.A. running35.A. fear rememberB. giftB. excitedB. jokeB. turningB. markB. mentionC. excuseC. painfulC. secretC. liftingC. lightC. understandD. prizeD. satisfiedD. experienceD. breakingD. smileD. introduce海淀区Search for the BestFor this Father's Day, many children bought ties, socks or golf balls, but my present had to be the best. After spending several days shopping, my search for the best came _31—to an old plane. It was one Father's Day that my dad and I would never forget.“Is this your first time flying?” our pilot asked my dad. I felt a little _32—knowing that in a few minutes I would be in the sky trusting my life to someone who would fly a plane for the first time. My nerves were making me want to give up, but I knew it would be a good father-daughter_33— .After a little hesitation （犹豫），my dad started the engine. We taxied to the runway slowly. After being cleared for take-off, we went faster. I could feel the plane shaking slowly while it was _34_from the ground. After the pilot gave some instructions, my dad was flying the plane. Suddenly, we experienced a quick fall and then the plane went up again, which made me feel as if I were on a roller coaster. The plane started to move up and down and the pilot quickly took over the control. I could see the _35—on my dad's face. The pilot started to tell the control tower over the radio that we had hit turbulence （气流）. It was a sunny day with few clouds so I didn' t how _36_ this was possible. But it was indeed very windy a few thousand feet up. I held onto my seat, trying to tell myself we were going to be OK. After a few minutes jumping up and down, the plane leveled off （在平流层飞彳亍）and I started to breathe_37—.Finally, it was time to return. We started to go down and it seemed that we were going to 38 runway and land in trees, but somehow we landed on the ground, gradually slowing. It seemed like forever until the plane actually stopped. I was excited to _39_and it felt good to have my feet back on the ground. The smile on my dad's face _40—had given him the best gift. The unforgettable Father's Day was complete with an old plane, and huge smiles on our faces.37.deeply38.A. enter39.A. set proved B. easilyB. missB. putB. plannedC. heavilyC. destroyc. getC- pictureD. quicklyD. findD. takeD. promised丰台区To Save the Baby Eagle （鹰）After Josh lost his father Frank, it felt as if he had lost his whole family. He wouldn't let the baby eagle lose his 31 . The eagle nest （巢）was down because of last night's storm. If Frank was still alive, he would have been out here, instead of staying inside like Sam一Josh's stepfather （继父）.Mum and Sam tried to make Josh happy. But Josh still felt like a 32 in his own home.A sound broke into Josh's thoughts. It was a baby eagle, right beside his foot. He hurried home with him. After a quick look, Sam said, "He's not 33 . But we should return him to his parents as quickly as possible.”"I saw some wood in the yard. Could you help build a new nest?” Sam continued. Josh nodded. Together they34 a wooden box. Then they went to rest the box in the tree. While Sam was helping Josh with the necessary tools, he said, “I wish I could do this instead of you, but Td probably just fall out of the tree.”Josh 35一Sam was worried. "I'll be okay,” he comforted him. “See? I have the safety rope. Even if I mi ss my footing, it will hold me.” As Josh tried to put the box into place, the mother eagle swooped （俯？t1） down. Josh ducked 一and he started to fall. 36 , the safety rope held him. "Are you all right?” Sam shouted. "Yes,” Josh called, “send the bird up!"Finally, Josh was back with Sam, watching the eagles circle above the new nest. They started to cheer as the eagles seemed to land, but the great birds flew away at the last minute. If the eagles didn't accept the new home, the baby eagle would be left alone after all一and their 37 was wasted. "What are they waiting for?” Josh asked unhappily."They're being careful." Something in Sam's voice made Josh look at his stepfather. "It's not easy to 38 change,” Sam went on. "It's hard to trust Golden Flowers Josh thought about that. Sam could never take the place of Frank, but perhaps he could be a friend. Friends helped each other through hard times. Josh remembered how he and Sam had worked together and how 39 Sam had been for his safety.“She's coming in,” Sam crie d. The mother eagle landed beside her baby."Yes!” Josh and Sam shouted. "We 40 it!" As they high-fived each other, Josh felt closer to Sam. Now he and the baby eagle had both come home.31. A. group B. way C. family D. friend32. A. child B. student C. tourist D. stranger33. A. hurt B. alone C. quiet D. safe34. A. bought B. built C. borrowed D. brought35. A. realized B. expected C. imaginedD. remembered36. A. SuddenlyB.HopefullyC. LuckilyD.Surprisingly37. A. attention B. decision C. effort D. experience38. A. consider B. control C. treat D. accept39. A. upset B. worried C. excited D. helpful40. A. did B.got C. knew D. found通州区Mother's Christmas Stocking （长袜）My sister Trudy and I snuggled （偎依）close and would sleep around the Christmas tree. It was a tradition ■一we just had to sleep under the tree on Christmas Eve ― even if we were ten and twelve. My eight-year-old brother, Ashley and three-year-old baby sister. Breanna were already asleep near the 1.Trudy and I talked to each other in a low voice and discussed what we expected to get in our stockings the next morning. We looked at the four stockings hanging by the fireplace, and we 2 that one was missing. Weren't there five people in our family? Why didn't Mum have a stocking?She had told us when she was a little girl her family didn't hang stockings on Christmas Eve. We were 3 to be the members of our family and we thought Mum should be a part of the tradition she had created for us. It was then that we came up with an idea. It would forever change the way we would see Christmas and more 4 , giving.Quickly Trudy woke Breanna, and I hurried to wake Ashley. We planned Mother's stocking. For several minutes we began to look for our treasures through our things.Breanna brought her c andy box. We chose a piece of Santa chocolate. I wrote, "For your sweet wish,” stuck it on Breanna's chocolate and put it into an old, oversized, red 5 which Ashley found in the wardrobe （衣柜）.Ashley brought two of his favorite toy cars and told us they were for when Mum's car broken down. Now she would always have two more. Trudy wrote the explanation for him.I brought a bag of flower seeds and 6 around the bag. "So you will always have fresh seeds of inspiration（灵感）・”Trudy made a little baby out of a round river rock. She called it Herman Periwinkle and wrote an adoption （收养）letter for the baby. That was so Mum would always have a baby, because she often 7 that her real babies weregrowing up too fast.We hung Mum's stocking on the highest place and stuck a 8 to the outside of the stocking that said, "To: Mother Santa Claus …from: The TAABElves" She was proud of her acronym （首字母缩略词）for our names, and we were all so 9 that we could hardly sleep.In the morning, when we woke up, we rushed right past our stockings, straight into Mums bedroom- She was10 Herman Periwinkle and our treasures were around her. She kissed us all and hugged us, laughing and talking at the same time. It was so unlike her usual calm manner. But we understood. It was her first ever Christmas stocking.1. A. tree B. box C. bed D. chair2. A. expected B. imagined C. realized D. believed3- A. suiprised B. glad C. relaxed D. curious4. A. luckily B. politely C. carefully D. importantly5. A. coat B. stocking C. bag D. skirt6. A. wrote B. drew C.sent D. showed7. A. described B. celebrated C. noticed D. complained8. A. photo B. note C. candy D. flower9. A. satisfied B. nervous C. excited D. crazy1（）. A.making B. holding C. washing D. repairing房山区A Friend in NeedSuraj was a student in Class 5. He was a naught boy who liked making fun of other classmates. They didn't like this but could do nothing.One day, after the science class, Suraj went to fool one of his classmates, Kiran. Kiran felt 1 and just sat on the chair. As soon as their math teacher arrived to the class, Suraj moved back to his place quickly. The class started and the 2 was asking some questions to the students.And it happened. Suraj wet his pants! He felt very ashamed. He 3 how his classmates would think about him. His wet pants would be the hot topic of the school! His friends would talk about this for years. The girls in the class would never look at him as a friend. The boys and girls would never speak with him. He would become the joker for everyone in the class. Suraj's imagination was going so wild.The math teacher noticed a kind of uneasiness in Suraj. She was watching him for a few minutes and 4 him in some kind of trouble. Suraj noticed the teacher watching him and tried to act normal.He felt that his heart would stop beating very soon. He 5 pleaded （恳求）."Dear God, you have to help me. In 5 or10 minutes, I will be dead. I really need some 6 from you.”The teacher again saw that Suraj was uneasy and she looked at him. He smiled at her. Kiran made a request to let him drink some water. 7 , Kiran from the back chair took his water bottle and started to move out of the classroom. As he crossed Suraj's desk, he dropped the water bottle. The cap opened and all water fell on Suraj.It surprised everyone greatly and the teacher 8 to help Suraj. She asked a student to get a towel from her office.His friends cleaned the desk and helped him. The teacher asked another student to bring a pair of gym pants for him to wear until his pants got dry. The act of being laughed at suddenly became sympathetic （同情的）.When Kiran tried to help him, he was cornered. The teacher punished him for being so 9 .And of course, Suraj was so relaxed. He looked at Kiran, who stood silently in a comer.After school, Suraj walked to Kiran and thanked him with all his heart. Kiran Smiled and said, "Hey, I know buddy! Because I also 10 the same few months before. I wet my pants!"1. A. upset B. happy C. satisfied D. excited2. A. student B. teacher C. classmate D. friend3. A. expected B. understood C. found D. imagined4. A. showed B. felt C. saw D. kept5. A. silently B. loudly C. strangely D. carefully6. A. hope B. decision C. choice D. help7. A. Luckily B. Suddenly C. Naturally D. Gradually8. A.rushed B. agreed C. decided D. preferred9. A. helpless B. hopeless C. useless D. careless10. A. expressed B. experienced C. describedD. completed门头沟Thanksgiving Day was near. The first grade teacher gave her class a fun assignment （作业/下务）一to draw a31 of something for which they were grateful （感激的）.Most of the class might be considered not rich, but still many would celebrate the holiday with turkey and other traditional goodies （舌甘食）of the season. These, the teacher thought, would be the 32 of most of her students' art. And they were.But Douglas made a different kind of picture. Douglas was a different kind of boy. He was the teacher's true child of misery （痛苦），weak and 33 . As other children played atbreak, Douglas was likely to stand close by her side. One could only guess at the 34 Douglas felt behind those sad eyes.Yes, his picture was different. When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was 35 , he drew a hand. Nothing else. Just an empty hand.His abstract （抽象的）picture raised the 36 of his classmates. Whose hand could it be? One child guessed it was the hand of a farmer, because farmers feed turkeys. Another suggested a police officer, because the police protect and care for people. And so the discussion went—until the teacher almost 37 the young artist himself.When the children had gone on to other assignments, she stopped at Douglas' desk, bent （弯曲）down, and asked him whose hand it was. The little boy looked 38 and said in a low voice, "It's yours, teacher.” She remembered the times she had taken his hand and walked with him here and there, as she had the other students. How often had she said, “39 my hand, Douglas, we'll go outside.” Or, “Let me show you how to hold yourpencil.” Or, “Let's do this together." Douglas was most thankful for his teacher's h and.With tears in her eyes, she went on with her work.The story speaks of more than thankfulness. It says something about teachers teaching and parents parenting and friends showing friendship, and how much it means to the Douglases of the world. They might not always saythanks, but 11 remember the hand that 40 out.31. A. map B. picture C. cartoon D. postcard32. A. classes B. lessons C. objects D. subjects33. A. happy B.unhappy C. bright D. excited34. A. pain B. fear C. worries D. weakness35. A. awful B. careful C. helpful D. thankful36.A. imagination37.A. forgot38.A. out39.A. TakeA. goesB. discussionB. noticedB. backB. BringB. getsC. questionC. understoodC. awayC. CarryC. staysD. productionD. rememberedD. aroundD. FollowD.reaches平谷Give Time to Our FamilyMy mother has been living alone for 19 years, but the demands of my work and my three children had made it impossible to visit her often.“I love you, but I know your mothe r loves you and would love to spend some time with you. "suggested my wife one night."Oh, I'll make a dinner date with 31 . ” That night I called to invite her to go out for dinner and a movie.That Friday after work, I 32 over to her house. She had been waiting in the door with her coat on. She had curled her hair and was wearing her best dress and smiled like an angel. "I told my friends that I was going out with my son, and they were impressed. " she said, as she got into the car. "They can't wait to 33 about our meeting."We went to a restaurant that, although not big, was very nice. After we sat down, I had to read the 34 . Her eyes could only read large print."I used to have to read the menu when you were small,” she said.“Then it r s time that you 35 and let me return the favor," I responded.During the dinner, We had an agreeable conversation一nothing special but events of each othefs life. We talked so 36 that we missed the movie.Late that night I drove her back. As we arrived, she said, “I'll go ou t with you again, but only if you let me_ 37 y ou. ”I agreed.“How was your dinner date?” asked my wife when I got home. "Very nice. Much more so than I could have imagined,” I answered.A few days later, my mother died of a serious heart disease. It happened so suddenly that I didn't have a 38 to do anything for her. Some time later, I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the same place where mother and I had dined. A note in it said: "I've already paid this bill. I wasn't sure that I could be there; but nevertheless, I paid for two plates one for you and the other for your wife. You will never know what that night 39 for me. I love you, son."At that moment, I understood the importance to give our loved ones the time that they deserve（值得）.Give them the time they deserve, because these things cannot be 40 off till "some other time. ”31. A. her B. him C. me D. you32. A. walked B. rode C. flew D. drove33. A. talk B. think C.read D. hear34. A. book B. newspaper C. menu D. story35. A. stay B. relax C. work D. sit36. A. little B. muchC.warmlyD. hard37. A. invite B. forget C. remember D. visit38. A. rest B. home C. chanceD. meeting39. A. waited B. meant C. lasted D. did40. A. taken B. kept C. put D. turned怀柔Friends Forever"Hey, Jenna, do you think we'll still be friends when we're eighty-two?^ I asked my friend while we were playing in her backyard. It was clear she was wondering why I asked such a 3J. While I waited for Jenna to answer, I started imagining what life would be like without her. Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister. We played together. We gave each other advice.“Of course, we'll still be friends when we're eighty-two," Jenna replied loudly. We looked at each other and then 32 so hard that tears ran down my face.The next year, in the fourth grade, we met Jamie. The three of us soon became best 33 . We played together almost every day. We laughed together, cried together and shared our biggest secrets. I thought even time couldn't pull us apart （分开）.The three of us started fighting a lot. Before Christmas, we had a really big fight, and Jamie and Jenna were against me, both saying I was bossy （霸道白勺）.They wouldn't even talk to me at school. I felt helpless and lonely. I thought Christmas would be 34 ! Why is this happening to me? I thought.。

2017 北京西城一模英语

2017 北京西城一模英语

2017 北京西城一模第二部分:知识运用(共两节, 45分)第一节单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分,共15分)从每题所给的A 、B 、C 、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It’s so nice to hear from her again. _____, we last met more than thirty years ago. A. What’s moreB. That’s to sayC. In other wordsD. Believe it or not答案是D 。

21. I really don’t know whether I can succee d in the final competition, ____ I will try.A. andB. forC. butD. or22. — You often work overtime recently. Why?— Oh, I _____ money to buy a new car.A. madeB. had madeC. have madeD. am making 23. It is entirely true _____ children learn more from people they like. So, try to be friends with them.A. whatB. whyC. thatD. how24. Our team defeated Class 3 in the basketball match on Wednesday, _____ them 36 to 35. A. beating B. beat C. to beat D. beaten25. Dancing with the feet is one thing, but dancing with the heart is _____.A. oneB. otherC. othersD. another 26. The results of the experiment turned out contrary to _____ was expected.A. whatB. whichC. whomD. that27. _____ all the details, you have to look at the picture carefully.A. GraspedB. GraspingC. GraspD. To grasp 28. The amusement park will stay open through mid-March, _____ the weather cooperates. A. unless B. even if C. so that D. as long as 29. There are so many special offers and bargains during Spring Festival that you _____ surely get what you want for much less money.A. mightB. canC. needD. have to30. — Is there a room available for tonight?— Sorry, sir, but all the rooms _____.A. have bookedB. have been bookedC. will bookD. will be booked 31. People living in homes _____ TV is always left on often spend less time reading.A. thatB. whichC. whereD. who32. Please put your laundry in the bag and we _____ someone to pick it up in a few minutes. A. will send B. have sent C. sent D. send33. You will never say “no” when a little kid is looking at you _____ comfort and support. A. on B. for C. beyond D. at34. In this library, you can use your own computer to connect to Wi-Fi specially _____ for readers.A. preparingB. to prepareC. preparedD. prepare 35. What a sunny day! How I wish I _____ on the beach enjoying the sunshine now!A. wereB. had beenC. would beD. should be第二节完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，共30分）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

2017年北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析(Word版)

2017年北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析(Word版)

2017年市中考英语试卷一、听对话,从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．〔共5 分,每小题1 分〕1．2．3．4．5．二、听对话或独白,根据对话或独白的内容,从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．〔共15 分,每小题1.5 分〕6．请听一段对话,完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What does the woman want to drink？A．Tea．B．Milk．C．Juice．7．How much does the woman pay？A．﹩7．B．﹩8．C．﹩9．8．请听一段对话,完成第8 至第9 小题．8．Where are the speakers going to have a piic？A．In the park．B．On the hill．C．At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakers for the piic？A．The boy's dad．B．The boy's grandpa．C．The boy's grandma．10．请听一段对话,完成第10 至第11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A．By train．B．By car．C．By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A．He drew a picture．B．He fed an elephant．C．He saw a bird show．12．请听一段对话,完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What are the speakers mainly talking about？A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．13．What does the man think of reading？A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult．C．He thinks it takes too much time．14．请听一段独白,完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What can we know about the speaker？A．She lives near her school．B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．15．Why does the speaker send this message？A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．16．听对话,记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语,将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service Request FormName〔16〕WhitePhone〔17〕Address56〔18〕RoadService Moving a double〔19〕Time On 〔20〕,July 31四、单项选择〔共10 分,每小题1 分〕从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker．is very kind．〔〕A．He B．She C．His D．It22．More and more young people go skatingwinter．〔〕A．at B．in C．on D．to23．﹣﹣﹣did you stop playing？﹣﹣﹣Because I was tired．〔〕A．How B．Why C．When D．Where24．The hotel is very old．It's one of buildings in the city．〔〕A．old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest25．﹣﹣﹣I hand in the report today？﹣﹣﹣No,you needn't．〔〕A．Can B．Must C．Shall D．Could26．﹣﹣﹣How do you usually go to school？﹣﹣﹣I to school on foot．〔〕A．go B．went C．was going D．will go27．My mother some washing when the telephone rang．〔〕A．does B．did C．is doing D．was doing28．Lily is my classmate．We each other since she came to our school．〔〕A．know B．knew C．have known D．will know29．The mobile phone in 1973．〔〕A．invents B．is invented C．invented D．was invented30．﹣﹣﹣Judy,could you tell me_______the schoolbag？﹣﹣﹣Oh,yes．I bought it in a store on the Internet．〔〕A．where did you buy B．where will you buyC．where you bought D．where you will buy五、完形填空〔共15 分,每小题1.5 分〕阅读下面的短文,掌握其大意,然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To pass her Civics course〔公民课程〕,she had to do some volunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday,Emily went to the nursing home after school．When she arrived,she was told she would〔31〕an hour every weekday with an elderly lady,Mrs．Blair．She was then led into a room,where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofa．Emily〔32〕awkwardly〔别扭地〕in front of the lady．She cleared her throat and said,"Good afternoon I'm Emily．""Good afternoon,Emily．Take a seat,please．"Mrs．Blair replied．Then,〔33〕filled the space between them．Emily wondered what to say．"Tell me about yourself,Emily,"Mrs．Blair said suddenly．"Well,"Emily started,"I don't have any grandparents,so I can't relate to elderly people much．I love the performing arts．I'm here mainly because I have to〔34〕here to get a good grade for my Civics class．"Mrs．Blair didn't seem to〔35〕．"Many people,especially teens,don't seem to care about old people like me．Now you are here,and I'm going to change that about you．Ask me anything．"Emily thought for a moment,and finally decided,"What was your job？""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s．"Mrs．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？"Emily asked,amazed．Mrs．Blair smiled．"Back then,only the lead actress had the honor to wear a〔36〕bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays,so I always wore the bracelet．Till this day,I still have it．"Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listened to the other stories,attentively．She had bee sointerested in Mrs．Blair's〔37〕that she decided to e earlier the next day．Tuesday,Wednesday,and Thursday passed by quickly．Then came Friday．As she was leaving,Emilywas really〔38〕to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me,"Mrs．Blair forted her．She then handed a small box to Emily,"It's my gift to you．"Emily〔39〕opened the box and was surprised to see what was inside．"It's the bracelet that youwore．Thank you!"Emily said,with tears in her eyes．"I'm sure to visit you whenever I'm free．"On the way home,Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts．She touched the bracelet andmade a 〔40〕that she would keep her word to Mrs．Blair．31．A．waste B．spend C．plan D．exercise 32．A．asked B．sat C．stood D．danced 33．A．warmth B．sadness C．happiness D．silence34．A．study B．live C．volunteer D．play35．A．mind B．fear C．insist D．regret 36．A．strange B．special C．mon D．private 37．A．dreams B．hobbies C．stories D．jokes38．A．upset B．confused C．surprised D．nervous 39．A．proudly B．secretly C．worriedly D．carefully 40．A．promise B．change C．judgment D．choice．六、阅读下列短文,根据短文内容,从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择最佳选项．〔共30 分,每小题2 分〕41．Summer Programs at Museums41．You can join in the programs at the Postal Museum any day．A．from July 17to 23B．from July 29﹣30C．from August 7﹣20D．from August 21to 2742．If you are interested in the program about video arts,you can phone．A.965﹣0400B.654﹣0930C.357﹣3030D.272﹣056043．A 15﹣year﹣old student can take part in the programs at．A．the Building MuseumB．the Postal MuseumC．the Air and Space MuseumD．the Science Museum44．In the Air and Space Museum,you can．A．create a stampB．build a houseC．make a paper airplaneD．explore a future city．45．The Sixth Time I Went to the Principal's OfficeWhen I was in the seventh grade,I had problems behaving．My heart was in the right place,but Icouldn't always follow the rules．I played many tricks on my schoolmates．Once,I even pulled a girl's hair on the school bus to get her attention．As a result,I was repeatedly sent to the office of the principal〔校长〕．Although I hated going there,I did not hate the principal,Mr．Ratcliff．Mr．Ratcliff was a kind,elderly man．When he spanked〔打屁股〕me for putting some ants into aclassmate's pencil box,it didn't hurt at all,but it did hurt my feelings．I thought so much of him andmoments like that seemed to prove I was hopelessly bad．When I got called to Mr．Ratcliff's office for the sixth time,I had no idea what I had done．I feltdisappointed as I walked down there．I went into his office,sat down,and looked at the floor．Then he said the last thing I expected to hear："Kevin,I've heard you've been behaving really well lately．I want you to know how proud I am of you,and I just called you down to my office to give you a peppermint．""Really？"I was surprised．"Yes．Now you can take that peppermint and go back to class．"I carried the peppermint with me as if it was a gold coin．When I got into my classroom,I bragged 〔吹嘘〕to my classmates about my turnaround,excitedly．I wasn't so bad after all．Mr．Ratcliff was really kind．He made me realize that I was just a kid who had problems with behavior．He bought some peppermints and took the time to notice me when I got something﹣anything﹣right．Mr．Ratcliff gave me some hope by giving me some love．I will just remember him for the rest of my life．45．In his seventh grade,the writer．A．hated the principalB．had problems behavingC．always followed the rulesD．often helped his classmates46．How did the writer feel when he went to the principal's office for the sixth time？A．Lonely．B．Excited．C．Confident．D．Disappointed．47．The sixth time the writer went to the principal's office,he got．A．a peppermintB．a model busC．a pencil boxD．a coin48．The writer will always remember Mr．Ratcliff,because the principal．A．talked with him in the officeB．played games with himC．expected him to be a teacherD．gave him some hope and love．49．Buying Is Doing？How important is shopping to you？How much time do you spend buying things？And how much timedo you spend organizing these things in your home？In the future,how much time will you spend in movietheaters,at amusement parks,at shopping malls,or at convenience stores？When you add it all up,you will probably see you spend a lot of your life consuming〔消费〕things．Consuming products is not necessarily bad．However,if we spend too much time doing it,we should look at it carefully．Imagine that you have a week off from school．You don't have to go to class．However,in this week,you cannot spend any money﹣﹣﹣﹣﹣no shopping,no movies,no eating out．How would you spend your time？What things would bring you happiness？Perhaps you would take a walk with your best friend．Perhaps you would help a child read．Or you might spend time with your family．When we look back,it is likely that non﹣consuming experiences like these will be our most importantmemories．Why？Non﹣consuming activities are active,not passive．They don't e in a package．You make the experience yourself．For example,each person who reads to a child will have a different experience．The experience changes with the reader,the child,and the book．Similarly,when you have a conversation with a friend,you are actively creating an experience．The conversation that you have with your friend cannot be experienced or recreated by anyone else．However,if you watch a movie with a friend,you will each have a package experience．It requires no action and little interaction between the two of you．The environment we live in encourages us to have packaged experiences．We feel that we must consume because we believe that buying is doing．However,we can start a personal revolution 〔变革〕against consumerism．How？By consuming less．We can ask ourselves what experiences bring us the greatest satisfaction．Then we can organize our lives so that we have more of those kinds ofexperiences．49．If consuming products takes too much time,we should．A．spend less moneyB．think about it carefullyC．organize our thingsD．go to convenience stores50．According to the passage,the writer believes that．A．we can say no to consumerism by consuming lessB．buying things can bring us the greatest satisfactionC．the environment seldom influences our shopping choicesD．consuming experiences will be our most important memories51．What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage？A．To introduce some ways of enjoying our spare time．B．To encourage people to have more active experiences．C．To explain reasons behind people's shopping behavior．D．To share his personal experience in consuming products．52．Say you're sitting around with some friends playing video games and someone mentions a game that happens to be one of your favorites．"Oh,that game's easy．So not worth the time,"one of your friends says．The others agree．Although you enjoy the game quite a lot,not wanting to argue with them,you go along with the crowd．You have just experienced what is monly referred to as peer pressure〔同伴压力〕,also called peerinfluence．You will adopt a certain type of behavior,dress,or attitude in order to be accepted as part of a group of your"peers"．As a teen,you are likely to have experienced the effect of peer pressure in a number of different areas．We are all influenced by our peers at any age．For teens,as school and other activities take you awayfrom home,you may spend more time with your friends than with your family．As you bee moreindependent,your peers naturally play a greater role in your life．According to Dr．Casey from Cornell University,teens are very quick and accurate in making decisionson their own and in situations where they have time to think．However,when they make decisions in theheat of the moment or in social situations,their decisions are often influenced by factors like peers．In arecent study,teen volunteers played a video driving game,either alone or with friends watching．Theresearchers discovered that the number of risks teens took more than doubled when their friends werewatching,pared with when they played alone．This shows that teens may find it more difficult to control risky behavior when their friends are around,or in situations where they are extremely angry．Just as people can influence us to make unwise choices,they can also influence us to make good ones．A teen might join in a volunteer project because his or her friends are doing it,or get good grades because his or her friends think getting good grades is important．In fact,friends often encourage each other to study,or try out for sports．While we are always influenced by those around us,the decision to act or not is up to us．So when ites to decision making,the choice is up to you．52．According to the passage,Dr．Casey probably agrees that teens．A．like to play driving games with their friendsB．prefer situations where they have time to thinkC．may take more risks when their friends are aroundD．are slow in making decisions when they are on their own53．The words"in the heat of the moment"in Paragraph 4probably mean""．A．when teens avoid possible risksB．when teens trust their judgmentC．when teens lose control over their angerD．when teens give consideration to situations54．What can we learn from the passage？A．Teens are eager to be different from their peers．B．Peer pressure has effects on both teens and adults．C．Peer pressure does more harm than good to teens．D．Tees think it challenging to get good grades at school．55．Which of the following would be the best title for the passage？A．Peer Pressure：Is It Necessary to Deal with It？B．Peer Pressure：Is It Possible to Get Away from It？C．Peer Pressure：Its Benefits to Teens and Friend MakingD．Peer Pressure：Its Influence on Teens and Decision Making．七、阅读短文,根据短文内容,从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项．每个选项只能用一次．〔共10 分,每小题2 分〕56．From the Other SideLara and Tara are twins．〔56〕but they are very different in everything else．For example,hot food is Lara's favorite,and Tara has a sweet choice．However,this isn't the problem with the twin girls．They always argued that the opposite one was wrong．〔57〕,while Tara insisted that mornings were fresh and it was difficult to stay up till midnight．〔58〕．To put an end to their fights,their parents decided to create a small drama．They wanted the girls to understand that they were both correct from their own point of view．Their parents covered the girls'eyes with black ribbons,and brought them to the dining room．〔59〕Lara was asked to stand on one side of the board and Tara on the other．They couldn't see the other side of it．When the ribbons were taken away,they were surprised to see a huge board between them．Now,their father asked Lara,"What's the color of the board？"She replied,"It's black!"〔60〕．She replied,"It's white!"The two girls began to argue again．While Lara wasconfident it was black,Tara was sure it was white．Then,they were asked to exchange〔交换〕their places．They couldn't believe their eyes．Tara,who insisted it was a white board,saw a black one．Similarly,Lara,who argued the board was black,was shocked to see a white one．They understood that each of them was right in her own view．Most of us are like Lara and Tara．We are right most times,but insist that others are wrong!A．They look like each otherB．For years,their arguments continuedC．Their mother asked Tara the same questionD．In the room,a big board was placed in the middleE．Lara thought it was terrible to get up early in the morning．八、阅读短文,根据短文内容回答问题．〔共10 分,每小题2 分〕61．What's in a Name？Many American names e from England．But where did most English names e from？Centuries ago,most people in England had only one name﹣﹣their first name．In the 11th century,five or six of the 50people in a village might be named William,and it was easy to get confused．But in the Middle Ages,people found a way to describe each person exactly．If there were four Williams in one village,one might be referred to as William the son of John．A second might be called William from the hill．A third,William the blacksmith〔铁匠〕．And a fourth,William the brown haired．In conversation,people might refer to the four Williams as William John's son,William hill,William smith,and William brown．It was 300or 400years before the extra 〔附加的〕names gradually developed into last names,orsurnames．They were passed on from generation to generation．By the 1300s,Robert,the son of Williamsmith,had the name Robert smith,even if he was not a blacksmith like his father．As the last name became widely accepted,the first letter was capitalized,as in Robert Smith．By the 15th century,most people of the upper and middle classes hadsurnames．Many surnames were based on father﹣son relations．The"son of"part was added to the father's firstname,like Johnson,meaning John's son．Sometimes it was shortened to just"s",as in Jones or Evans．Surnames like Hill described the place where a person lived．They are the most mon type of surname．A third kind of surname was based on a person's job．Forester was someone who looked after the forest．In the Middle Ages,occupation names such as Baker,Carpenter,and Miller became mon．The fourth kind of surname was nickname〔绰号〕．A man whose surname was Bear might be as fierce as a bear．Have you ever wondered why some surnames are so mon？The most mon surname in the English language is Smith．Being able to make metals〔金属〕into tools was an important skill in the Middle Ages,and many people were trained as blacksmiths．The most mon American surnames are Smith,Johnson,William and Brown．61．Where do many American names e from？62．When did people find a way to describe each person exactly？63．How long did it take for extra names to develop into last names？64．What is the fourth paragraph mainly about？65．Why were many people trained blacksmith in the Middle Ages？九、文段表达〔15 分〕66．从下面两个题目中任选一题,根据中文和英文提示,完成一篇不少于50 词的文段写作．文中已给出内容不计入总词数．所给提示词语仅供选用．请不要写出你的校名和##．题目①假如你是李华,正在美国参加一个交换生项目．今天下午你应邀和朋友Jim 一家外出,请用英语给接待家庭的妈妈Mrs．Smith 写一个留言条,告诉她你们要去哪里,去做什么,以与你回家的时间和方式．提示词语：park,movie theater,go boating,watch a movie提示问题：Where are you going？What are you going to do？When and how will you get home？Dear Mrs．Smith,My friend Jim asks me to go out with his family this afternoon．Li Hua．67．题目②宽容是一种美德．人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊．面对矛盾,多一份包容和谅解,生活就会多一缕阳光．某英文正在开展以"包容、谅解"为主题的征文活动．假如你是李华,请用英语写一篇短文投稿,谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历,主要内容包括：你们之间发生了什么,你为什么原谅对方,以与原谅对方之后的感受．提示词语：hurt,realize,forgive〔原谅〕,happy提示问题：What happened between you and him/her？Why did you decide to forgive him/her？How did you feel after forgiving him/her？I still remember what happened between2017年市中考英语试卷参考答案与试题解析一、听对话,从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．〔共5 分,每小题1 分〕1．[考点]14：听录音选图．[分析]略[解答]略2．[考点]14：听录音选图．[分析]略[解答]略3．[考点]14：听录音选图．[分析]略[解答]略4．[考点]14：听录音选图．[分析]略[解答]略5．[考点]14：听录音选图．[分析]略[解答]略二、听对话或独白,根据对话或独白的内容,从下面各题所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．〔共15 分,每小题1.5 分〕6．请听一段对话,完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What does the woman want to drink？A．Tea．B．Milk．C．Juice．7．How much does the woman pay？A．﹩7．B．﹩8．C．﹩9．[考点]17：长对话理解．[分析]略[解答]略8．请听一段对话,完成第8 至第9 小题．8．Where are the speakers going to have a piic？A．In the park．B．On the hill．C．At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakers for the piic？A．The boy's dad．B．The boy's grandpa．C．The boy's grandma．[考点]17：长对话理解．[分析]略[解答]略10．请听一段对话,完成第10 至第11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A．By train．B．By car．C．By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A．He drew a picture．B．He fed an elephant．C．He saw a bird show．[考点]17：长对话理解．[分析]略[解答]略12．请听一段对话,完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What are the speakers mainly talking about？A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．13．What does the man think of reading？A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult．C．He thinks it takes too much time．[考点]17：长对话理解．[分析]略[解答]略14．请听一段独白,完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What can we know about the speaker？A．She lives near her school．B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．15．Why does the speaker send this message？A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．[考点]16：短文理解．[分析]略[解答]略16．听对话,记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语,将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service Request FormName〔16〕略WhitePhone〔17〕略Address56〔18〕略RoadService Moving a double〔19〕略Time On 〔20〕略,July 31[考点]17：长对话理解．[分析]略[解答]略四、单项选择〔共10 分,每小题1 分〕从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker．is very kind．〔〕A．He B．She C．His D．It[考点]61：人称代词．[分析]我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．[解答]答案：A．考查人称代词．句意：我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．根据题干My father is a worker．is very kind．可知My father是男性,空后有is,所以用he,即我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．故选A．22．More and more young people go skatingwinter．〔〕A．at B．in C．on D．to[考点]7B：常用介词的辨析．[分析]越来越多的年轻人在冬天滑冰．[解答]答案：B当表示时间时,at用于具体的时刻前；in用于年、月、季节和泛指的早上、下午、晚上前；on用于日期、星期、具体的早上、下午、晚上前．to用于分钟数和整点间,表示差…分到…点．此处的winter是季节,选B．23．﹣﹣﹣did you stop playing？﹣﹣﹣Because I was tired．〔〕A．How B．Why C．When D．Where[考点]97：疑问副词．[分析]﹣﹣你为什么不玩了？﹣﹣因为我累了．[解答]答案：B．考查疑问副词．句意：﹣﹣你为什么不玩了？﹣﹣因为我累了．how 怎样,用于询问方式；why为什么,用于提问原因；when什么时候,提问时间；where 哪里,提问地点．根据回答Because I was tired．因为我累了．可知问的是原因,所以说你为什么不玩了？用why．故选B．24．The hotel is very old．It's one of buildings in the city．〔〕A．old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest[考点]81：形容词的比较级和最高级．[分析]这家旅馆很旧,是城里最古老的建筑物之一．[解答]答案：D．考查最高级．句意"这家旅馆很旧,是城里最古老的建筑物之一．"．A 旧的,形容词原级．B更旧的,比较级．C最高级前通常加the．D最旧的,最高级．结合语境one of…"…之一",由buildings in the city在城市里的建筑,可知三者以上比较,用最高级the oldest最旧的．选D．25．﹣﹣﹣I hand in the report today？﹣﹣﹣No,you needn't．〔〕A．Can B．Must C．Shall D．Could[考点]DB：情态动词．[分析]﹣﹣﹣我必须今天交报告吗？﹣﹣﹣﹣不,没有必要．[解答]答案：B．结合下文No,you needn't和上下文语境可知上文是说我必须上交吗？故用must开头的一般疑问句,故答案是B．26．﹣﹣﹣How do you usually go to school？﹣﹣﹣I to school on foot．〔〕A．go B．went C．was going D．will go[考点]F6：时态辨析．[分析]﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学．[解答]答案：A．考查时态．句意"﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学．"．A 动词原形．B过去时．C过去进行时态．D一般将来时态．由usually通常,可知表示习惯性动作用一般现在时态主语是I我,第一人称,谓语动词用原形go．答案是A．27．My mother some washing when the telephone rang．〔〕A．does B．did C．is doing D．was doing[考点]F6：时态辨析．[分析]铃响时,我妈妈正在洗衣服．[解答]答案：D．考查时态．句意" 铃响时,我妈妈正在洗衣服．"．A第三人称单数．B过去时．C现在进行时态．D过去进行时态．由rang过去式,可知表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作,这里指铃响时,我妈妈正在洗衣服,用过去进行时态,结构是was/were+动词的现在分词．主语是mother单数,用was．do的现在分词是doing．答案是D．28．Lily is my classmate．We each other since she came to our school．〔〕A．know B．knew C．have known D．will know[考点]F5：现在完成时．[分析]莉莉是我的同学,自从她来我们学校我们就认识彼此了．[解答]答案：C．结合可知动作发生在过去,对现在造成一定的影响,故用现在完成时have/has+过去分词,主语we．故have,故答案是C．29．The mobile phone in 1973．〔〕A．invents B．is invented C．invented D．was invented[考点]GA：语态的辨析．[分析]手机是1973发明的．[解答]答案：D．考查被动语态．句意"手机是1973发明的．"．A第三人称单数．B 一般现在时态的被动语态．C过去时．D一般过去时态的被动语态．结合语境1973年,可知应该是一般过去时态,因此A,B不正确．主语mobile phone手机,是动词invent"发明"动作的承受者,因此用一般过去时态的被动语态,结构是was/were+动词的过去分词,C不正确．答案是D．30．﹣﹣﹣Judy,could you tell me_______the schoolbag？﹣﹣﹣Oh,yes．I bought it in a store on the Internet．〔〕A．where did you buy B．where will you buyC．where you bought D．where you will buy[考点]K5：宾语从句．[分析]﹣﹣朱蒂,你能告诉我你在哪里买的书包吗？﹣﹣哦,是的．我在网上的一家商店买的．[解答]答案：C．根据Could you tell me ？再结合选项,可知could you tell me后面是跟一个宾语从句,宾语从句中应该用陈述语序,即主语+谓语,所以排除AB．再根据I bought it in a store on the Internet．是说我在网上的一家商店买的．可知是一般过去时,排除D,故选：C．五、完形填空〔共15 分,每小题1.5 分〕阅读下面的短文,掌握其大意,然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To pass her Civics course〔公民课程〕,she had to do some volunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday,Emily went to the nursing home after school．When she arrived,she was told she would〔31〕B an hour every weekday with an elderly lady,Mrs．Blair．She was then led into a room,where an old lady in a flowery dress was sitting on a sofa．Emily〔32〕C awkwardly〔别扭地〕in front of the lady．She cleared her throatand said,"Good afternoon I'm Emily．""Good afternoon,Emily．Take a seat,please．"Mrs．Blair replied．Then,〔33〕D filled the space between them．Emily wondered what to say．"Tell me about yourself,Emily,"Mrs．Blair said suddenly．"Well,"Emily started,"I don't have any grandparents,so I can't relate to elderly people much．I love the performing arts．I'm here mainly because I have to〔34〕C here to get a good grade for my Civics class．"Mrs．Blair didn't seem to〔35〕A．"Many people,especially teens,don't seem to care about old people like me．Now you are here,and I'm going to change that about you．Ask me anything．"Emily thought for a moment,and finally decided,"What was your job？""I was a Broadway star in the 1950s．"Mrs．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？"Emily asked,amazed．Mrs．Blair smiled．"Back then,only the lead actress had the honor to wear a〔36〕B bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays,so I always wore the bracelet．Till this day,I still have it．"Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listened to the other stories,attentively．She had bee sointerested in Mrs．Blair's〔37〕C that she decided to e earlier the next day．Tuesday,Wednesday,and Thursday passed by quickly．Then came Friday．As she was leaving,Emilywas really〔38〕A to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me,"Mrs．Blair forted her．She then handed a small box to Emily,"It's my gift to you．"Emily〔39〕D opened the box and was surprised to see what was inside．"It's the bracelet that youwore．Thank you!"Emily said,with tears in her eyes．"I'm sure to visit you whenever I'm free．"On the way home,Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts．She touched the bracelet andmade a 〔40〕A that she would keep her word to Mrs．Blair．31．A．waste B．spend C．plan D．exercise 32．A．asked B．sat C．stood D．danced 33．A．warmth B．sadness C．happiness D．silence34．A．study B．live C．volunteer D．play35．A．mind B．fear C．insist D．regret 36．A．strange B．special C．mon D．private 37．A．dreams B．hobbies C．stories D．jokes38．A．upset B．confused C．surprised D．nervous 39．A．proudly B．secretly C．worriedly D．carefully 40．A．promise B．change C．judgment D．choice．[考点]N1：记叙文．[分析]文章讲述了Emily为了通过她的公民课程不得不去养老院照顾老人,于是她结识了Blair太太,一开始气氛很尴尬,因为Emily不擅于与老人相处,她只是为了完成这门课程,但与Blair太太的聊天改变了她．Blair让她介绍下自己,她说自己喜欢表演,Blair太太告诉她她年轻时是百老汇的明星,由此Emily开始对她感兴趣,经常来听她的故事．后来Blair太太将自己戴的手镯送给了Emily,Emily承诺说自己一有空就会去陪她．[解答]31．B 考查动词．A表示浪费；B表示花费；C表示计划；D表示运动．spend time with sb表示与某人一起度过时光,此处表示她被告知她在工作日每天要花一小时的时间与一个老年女士一起共度,选B．32．C 考查动词．A表示问；B表示坐；C表示站；D表示跳舞．由Blair太太说的Take a seat,please可知此处Emily是站着的,选C．33．D 考查名词．A表示温暖；B表示悲伤；C表示快乐；D表示沉默．由Emily wondered what to say可知此处表示她们间充斥着沉默,选D．34．C 考查动词．A表示学习；B表示生活；C表示志愿；D表示玩．由she had to do some volunteer service in a nursing home for a week可知此处表示我不得不志愿到此来为我的公民课程取得好成绩,选C．35．A 考查动词．A表示介意；B表示害怕；C表示坚持；D表示遗憾．由下文。

2017北京中考英语模拟试卷及答案

2017北京中考英语模拟试卷及答案

2017北京中考英语模拟试卷及答案2017北京中考英语模拟试卷及答案考生在中考英语考试中想要得到突破可以对中考英语模拟试题进行练习，为了帮助各位考生，以下是小编精心整理的2017北京中考英语模拟试题及答案，希望能帮到大家!2017北京中考英语模拟试题一、听力测试(本大题满分25分，每小题1分)第一节下面你将听到5段短对话。

每段对话后有一个小题，从每小题A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。

听完每段对话后，你有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。

每段对话只播一遍。

1.What will the weather be like tomorrow?A.Cloudy.B.Rainy.C.Windy.2.What subject does Dick like better now?A.Math.B.Physics.C.Chemistry.3.How old is Mary now?A.She is eleven years old.B.She is five years old.C.She is sixteen years old.4.How did Mr. White use to go to work?A.By bike.B.By car.C.By bus.5.Why was Peter late for class?A.The bus was late.B.His clock had stopped.C.He got up later than usual.第二节下面你将听到6段对话或独白。

每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从每小题A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个与你所听到的对话或独白内容相符的问题的答案。

听每段对话或独白前，你有10秒钟的时间阅读相关小题;听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。

对话或独白播两遍。

听第一段材料，回答第6至8小题。

6.When and where are they talking?A. After dinner in the garden.B. Before dinner at home.C. After lunch in the office.7.What’s the weather like today?A. Fine.B. Cold.C. Hot.8.What’s the weather like in Beijing?A. Much colder.B. Much drier.C. Much hotter.听第二段材料，回答第9至11小题。

北京市初中中考英语试卷习题包括答案解析.docx

北京市初中中考英语试卷习题包括答案解析.docx

2017 年北京市中考英语试卷含答案解析2017 年北京市中考英语试卷一、听对话，从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．（共 5 分，每小题 1 分）1．2．3．4．5．二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．（共 15 分，每小题 1.5 分）6．请听一段对话，完成第 6 至第 7 小题．6．What doesthe woman want to drink ？A． Tea．B． Milk ．C． Juice．7．How much doesthe woman pay？A．﹩ 7．B．﹩ 8．C．﹩ 9．8．请听一段对话，完成第8 至第 9 小题．8．Where arethe speakersgoing to have a picnic？A． In the park．B． On the hill ．C． At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakersfor the picnic ？A． The boy's dad．B． The boy's grandpa．C． The boy's grandma．10．请听一段对话，完成第10 至第 11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A． By train．B． By car．C． By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A． He drew a picture．B． He fed an elephant．C． He saw a bird show．12．请听一段对话，完成第12 至第 13 小题．12．What arethe speakersmainly talking about？A． Different readingskills ．B． Somebenefitsof reading．C． The man'sreadinghabits．13．What doesthe manthink of reading？A． He believesit is enjoyable．B． He finds it a little difficult ．C． He thinks it takestoo much time．14．请听一段独白，完成第14 至第 15 小题．14．What canwe know about thespeaker？A． Shelives nearher school．B． Shelikes traveling abroad．C． Shewants to improve her English．15．Why doesthe speakersendthis message？A． To describeher trip in London．B． To tell the way to her house．C． To introduce her hometown．16．听对话，记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service RequestFormName（16）WhitePhone（17）Address56（18）RoadService Moving a double（19）Time On （20），July 31四、单项选择（共10 分，每小题 1 分）从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C、 D 四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker．is very kind．（）A． He B．She C． His D．It22．More and more young people go skating winter．（）A． at B．in C． on D．to23．﹣﹣﹣did you stop playing？﹣﹣﹣ BecauseI was tired．（）A． How B．Why C．When D．Where24． The hotel is very old ． It's one of buildings in the city ．（）A． old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest25．﹣﹣﹣I handin thereport today？﹣﹣﹣ No，you needn't．（）A． CanB．Must C．Shall D．Could26．﹣﹣﹣ How do you usually go to school？﹣﹣﹣ I to school on foot．（）A． go B．went C．wasgoing D．will go27．My mother somewashingwhen the telephone rang．（）A． does B．did C．is doing D．was doing28． Lily is my classmate． We eachother since she cameto our school．（）A． know B．knew C．haveknown D．will know29．The mobile phone in 1973．（）A． invents B．is invented C． inventedD．was invented30．﹣﹣﹣ Judy， could you tell me_______theschoolbag？﹣﹣﹣ Oh，yes．I bought it in a storeon the Internet．（）A． where did you buy B．where will you buyC． whereyou bought D．where you will buy五、完形填空（共15 分，每小题 1.5 分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A 、 B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To passher Civics course（公民课程）， shehadto do somevolunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday， Emily went to the nursing home after school．When shearrived，she was told shewould（ 31）an hour every weekdaywith an elderly lady，Mrs．Blair ．Shewasthen led into a room， wherean old lady in a flowery dresswassitting on a sofa．Emily（ 32）awkwardly（别扭地） in front of the lady．Sheclearedher throat and said，"Good afternoon I'm Emily ． ""Good afternoon，Emily ．Takea seat，please． "Mrs． Blair replied．Then，（ 33）filled the spacebetweenthem． Emily wonderedwhat to say．"Tell me aboutyourself，Emily ，"Mrs ．Blair said suddenly．"Well ， "Emily started， "I don't have any grandparents， so I can't relate to elderly peoplemuch．I love the performing arts．I'm heremainly becauseI have to（34）hereto get a good gradefor my Civics class． "Mrs．Blair didn't seemto（ 35）．"Many people，especially teens，don't seemto careabout old people like me． Now you are here， and I'm going to changethat about you． Ask me anything．"Emily thought for a moment，and finally decided，"What was your job？ ""I was a Broadway starin the 1950s．"Mrs ．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？ "Emily asked，amazed．Mrs． Blair smiled．"Back then， only the lead actresshadthe honor to wear a（36）bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays，so I always wore the bracelet．Till this day， I still haveit． "Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listenedto the other stories，attentively ．She had becomesointerestedin Mrs．Blair's（37）that shedecidedto comeearlier the next day．Tuesday，Wednesday，andThursday passedby quickly ．Then came Friday．As she was leaving，Emilywas really（38）to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me，"Mrs．Blair comforted her．She thenhandeda small box to Emily ， "It's my gift to you．"Emily（39）openedthe box and was surprisedto seewhat was inside．"It's the braceletthat youwore．Thank you!"Emily said，with tearsin her eyes．"I'm sureto visit you whenever I'm free． "On the way home， Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts． She touchedthe braceletandmadea （40）that she would keep her word to Mrs． Blair ．31．A．waste B． spend C．plan D． exercise 32．A．asked B． sat C．stood D． danced 33．A．warmth B． sadness C．happiness D． silence34．A．study B． live C．volunteer D． play35．A．mind B． fear C．insist D． regret 36．A．strange B． special C．common D． private 37．A．dreams B． hobbies C．stories D． jokes38．A．upset B． confused C．surprised D． nervous 39．A．proudly B． secretly C．worriedly D． carefully 40．A．promise B． change C．judgment D． choice．六、阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的A、 B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．（共30 分，每小题 2 分）41．SummerProgramsat Museums41．You can join in the programsat the PostalMuseum any day．A． from July 17to 23B． from July 29﹣30C． from August 7﹣20D． from August 21to 2742．If you are interestedin the program aboutvideo arts，you can phone．A.965﹣0400B.654﹣ 0930C.357﹣ 3030D.272﹣056043．A 15﹣ year﹣old studentcan take part in the programsat．A． the Building MuseumB． thePostalMuseumC． theAir and SpaceMuseumD． the ScienceMuseum44．In the Air andSpaceMuseum，you can．A． createa stampB． build a houseC． makea paperairplaneD． explore a future city ．45．The Sixth Time I Went to thePrincipal's OfficeWhen I was in the seventhgrade，I hadproblems behaving．My heart was in the right place，but Icouldn't always follow the rules．I played many tricks on my schoolmates．Once，I even pulled a girl's hair on the school bus to get her attention． As a result， I was repeatedlysent to the office of the principal（校长）． Although I hatedgoing there，I did not hatethe principal，Mr ．Ratcliff ．Mr ．Ratcliff was a kind ，elderly man． When he spanked（打屁股）me for putting someants into aclassmate'spencil box， it didn't hurt at all， but it did hurt my feelings． I thought so much of him andmomentslike that seemedto prove I washopelesslybad．When I got called to Mr ．Ratcliff's office for the sixth time，I had no idea what Ihad done．I feltdisappointedas I walked down there．I went into his office ，sat down，and looked at the floor ．Then he said the last thing I expectedto hear： "Kevin ， I've heardyou've beenbehaving really well lately ． I want you to know how proud I am of you， and I just called you down to my office to give you a peppermint． ""Really？ "I wassurprised．"Yes．Now you cantake that peppermint and go back to class．"I carried the peppermint with me asif it was a gold coin． When I got into my classroom，I bragged （吹嘘） to my classmatesabout my turnaround，excitedly．I wasn't so bad after all ．Mr ．Ratcliff was really kind． He mademe realize that I was just a kid who had problemswith behavior．He bought somepeppermintsandtook the time to notice me when I got something﹣ anything﹣right． Mr ． Ratcliff gaveme somehopeby giving me somelove．I will just rememberhim for the restof my life ．45．In his seventhgrade， the writer．A． hatedthe principalB． hadproblemsbehavingC． alwaysfollowed the rulesD． often helpedhis classmates46．How did the writer feel when he went to the principal's office for the sixth time？A． Lonely．B． Excited．C． Confident．D． Disappointed．47．The sixth time the writer went to the principal's office ，he got．A． a peppermintB． amodel busC． apencil boxD． a coin48．The writer will always rememberMr ． Ratcliff ，becausethe principal．A． talked with him in the officeB． playedgameswith himC． expectedhim to be a teacherD． gavehim somehopeand love．49．Buying Is Doing ？How important is shopping to you ？ How much time do you spendbuying things？And how much timedo you spend organizing thesethings in your home？ In the future， how much time will you spendin movietheaters，at amusementparks，at shopping malls，or at conveniencestores？When youadd it all up， you will probably seeyou spenda lot of your life consuming（消费）things．Consuming productsis not necessarilybad．However，if we spendtoo muchtime doing it ，we should look at it carefully ．Imagine that you have a week off from school ． You don't have to go to class．However，in this week，you cannotspendany money﹣﹣﹣﹣﹣ no shopping，no movies，no eating out．Howwould you spendyour time？ What things would bring you happiness？ Perhapsyouwould take a walk with your bestfriend．Perhapsyou would help a child read．Or youmight spendtime with your family ．When we look back，it is likely that non﹣ consuming experienceslike thesewill beour most importantmemories． Why ？ Non﹣ consuming activities are active， not passive． They don'tcomein a package．You make the experienceyourself． For example， eachpersonwho readsto a child will have a different experience． The experiencechangeswiththe reader，the child，and thebook．Similarly ，when you have aconversation with afriend， you are actively creatingan experience． The conversationthat you havewithyour friend cannot be experiencedor recreatedby anyone else． However， if youwatch a movie with a friend ，you will eachhavea packageexperience．It requiresnoaction andlittle interaction betweenthe two of you．The environment we live in encouragesus to havepackagedexperiences．We feel that we must consume becausewe believe that buying is doing．However，we can starta personalrevolution （变革） against consumerism．How？ By consumingless．Wecan ask ourselveswhat experiencesbring us the greatest satisfaction． Then we can organizeour lives sothat we havemore of thosekinds of experiences．49．If consumingproducts takestoo much time，we should．A． spendlessmoneyB． think about it carefullyC． organizeour thingsD． go to conveniencestores50．According to the passage，the writer believesthat．A． we can say no to consumerismby consuminglessB． buying things canbring us the greatestsatisfactionC． theenvironment seldom influences our shoppingchoicesD． consuming experienceswill beour most important memories51．What is the writer's main purposein writing this passage？A． To introduce someways of enjoying our sparetime．B． To encouragepeople to have more active experiences．C． To explain reasonsbehindpeople'sshoppingbehavior．D． To sharehis personalexperiencein consuming products．52． Say you're sitting around with some friends playing video gamesand someone mentionsa gamethat happensto be one of your favorites．"Oh，that game'seasy．So not worth the time，"one of your friends says．The othersagree．Although you enjoy the gamequite a lot ，not wanting to arguewith them，you go along with the crowd．You have just experiencedwhat is commonly referred to as peer pressure（同伴压力）， also called peerinfluence．You will adopta certain type of behavior，dress，or attitude in order to be accepted as part of a group of your"peers" ． As a teen ， you are likely to have experiencedthe effect of peerpressurein a numberof different areas．We areall influenced by our peersat any age．For teens，asschool and other activities take you awayfrom home， you may spendmore time with your friends than with your family ． As you becomemoreindependent，your peersnaturally play a greaterrole in your life ．According to Dr．Caseyfrom Cornell University ，teensarevery quick and accuratein making decisionson their own and in situations where they have time to think ． However， when they makedecisionsin theheat of the moment or in social situations， their decisions are often influenced by factors like peers． In arecentstudy，teen volunteersplayed a video driving game，either aloneor with friends watching．Theresearchersdiscovered that the number of risks teens took more than doubled when their friends werewatching，comparedwith when they played alone．This shows that teensmay find it more difficult to control risky behavior when their friends are around ， or in situations wherethey areextremely angry．Justaspeople can influence us to make unwise choices， they can also influence us to makegood ones．A teenmight join in a volunteer project becausehis or her friends aredoing it， or get good gradesbecausehis or her friends think getting good grades is important． In fact ， friends often encourageeach other to study， or t ry out for sports．While we arealways influenced by thosearound us，the decision to act or not is up to us． Sowhen itcomesto decision making，the choice is up to you．52．According to the passage，Dr ．Caseyprobably agreesthat teens．A． like to play driving gameswith their friendsB． prefer situationswhere they have time to thinkC． may take more risks when their friends arearoundD． areslow in making decisionswhen they areon their own53．The words"in the heat of the moment"in Paragraph4probably mean""．A． when teensavoid possiblerisksB． when teenstrust their judgmentC． when teenslosecontrol over their angerD． when teensgive considerationto situations54．What canwe learn from the passage？A． Teensareeagerto be different from their peers．B． Peerpressurehaseffects on both teensandadults．C． Peerpressuredoesmore harm thangood to teens．D． Teesthink it challenging to get good gradesat school．55．Which of the following would be the besttitle for the passage？A． PeerPressure：Is It Necessaryto Deal with It ？B． PeerPressure：Is It Possibleto GetAway from It ？C． PeerPressure：Its Benefits to Teensand Friend MakingD． PeerPressure：Its Influence on Teensand Decision Making ．七、阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项．每个选项只能用一次．（共10 分，每小题 2 分）56．From the Other SideLara and Tara are twins ．（ 56）but they are very different in everything else． For example， hot food is Lara's favorite，and Tarahasa sweetchoice．However ， this isn't the problem with the twin girls ． They always argued that the oppositeone was wrong．（57），while Tarainsisted that mornings were fresh and it wasdifficult to stayup till midnight．（ 58）．To put an endto their fights，their parentsdecidedto create a small drama．They wanted the girls to understandthat they were both correct from their own point of view ． Their parentscovered the girls'eyes with black ribbons， and brought them to the dining room．（ 59）Lara was askedto standon one side of the board andTaraon the other．They couldn't seetheother side of it ．When the ribbons were takenaway，they were surprisedto seea huge boardbetweenthem．Now ， their father askedLara， "What's the color of the board？ "She replied， "It'sblack!" （ 60）．She replied，"It's white!"The two girls began to argue again．While Lara wasconfident it was black，Tara was sureit was white．Then，they were asked to exchange（交换） their places． They couldn't believe their eyes．Tara， who insisted it was a white board，saw a black one．Similarly ，Lara，who arguedthe boardwas black，was shockedto seea white one．They understood that eachof them was right in her own view ． Most of us are like Lara andTara．We areright most times，but insist that others arewrong!A． They look like eachotherB． For years， their argumentscontinuedC． Their mother askedTarathe samequestionD． In the room，a big board was placedin the middleE．Lara thought it wasterrible to get up early in the morning．八、阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题．（共10 分，每小题 2 分）61．What's in a Name？Many American namescome from England．But where did most English namescome from？Centuriesago，most people in England had only one name﹣﹣ their first name．In the11th century，five or six of the 50peoplein a village might be namedWilliam ，and it was easyto get confused． But in the Middle Ages，peoplefound a way to describe each person exactly ． If there were four Williams in one village ， one might be referred to as William the son of John． A second might be called William from the hill ． A third， William the blacksmith（铁匠）． And a fourth， William the brown haired．In conversation，people might refer to the four Williams asWilliam John's son，William hill ，William smith，andWilliam brown．It was 300or 400yearsbefore the extra （附加的）namesgradually developedinto last names，orsurnames．They were passedon from generationto generation．By the 1300s，Robert，the sonof Williamsmith，hadthe nameRobert smith，even if he was not a blacksmith like his father．As the last name becamewidely accepted， the first letter was capitalized， as in Robert Smith ． By the 15th century ， most people of the upper and middle classeshad surnames．Many surnameswere basedon father﹣ son relations． The"son of"part was addedto the father's firstname，like Johnson，meaningJohn'sson．Sometimesit was shortenedto just"s"，as in Jonesor Evans．Surnameslike Hill described the place where a person lived ． They are the most common type of surname． A third kind of surname was based on a person's job ． Forester was someonewho looked after the forest ． In the Middle Ages，occupationnamessuchasBaker，Carpenter，and Miller becamecommon．The fourth kind of surnamewasnickname（绰号）．A manwhose surnamewas Bear might be asfierce asa bear．Have you ever wondered why some surnamesare so common？ The most common surnamein the English languageis Smith．Being able to makemetals（金属）into tools was an important skill in the Middle Ages ， and many people were trained as blacksmiths．The most common American surnamesare Smith，Johnson，William and Brown．61．Where do many American namescomefrom？62．When did people find a way to describeeachpersonexactly？63．How long did it take for extra namesto developinto last names？64．What is the fourth paragraphmainly about？65．Why were many peopletrained blacksmith in the Middle Ages？九、文段表达（ 15 分）66．从下面两个题目中任选一题，根据中文和英文提示，完成一篇不少于50 词的文段写作．文中已给出内容不计入总词数．所给提示词语仅供选用．请不要写出你的校名和姓名．题目①假如你是李华，正在美国参加一个交换生项目．今天下午你应邀和朋友Jim 一家外出，请用英语给接待家庭的妈妈Mrs．Smith 写一个留言条，告诉她你们要去哪里，去做什么，以及你回家的时间和方式．提示词语： park，movie theater，go boating，watch a movie提示问题： Where areyou going？What areyou going to do？When andhow will you get home？Dear Mrs． Smith，My friend Jim asksme to go out with his family this afternoon．Li Hua．67．题目②宽容是一种美德．人与人之间难免会有磕磕绊绊．面对矛盾，多一份包容和谅解，生活就会多一缕阳光．某英文网站正在开展以 "包容、谅解 "为主题的征文活动．假如你是李华，请用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈生活中你原谅他人的一次经历，主要内容包括：你们之间发生了什么，你为什么原谅对方，以及原谅对方之后的感受．提示词语： hurt，realize，forgive （原谅）， happy提示问题： What happenedbetweenyou and him/her？Why did you decideto forgive him/her？How did you feel after forgiving him/her？I still rememberwhat happenedbetween2017 年北京市中考英语试卷参考答案与试题解析一、听对话，从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片．每段对话你将听两遍．（共 5 分，每小题 1 分）1．【考点】 14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略2．【考点】 14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略3．【考点】 14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略4．【考点】 14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略5．【考点】 14：听录音选图．【分析】略【解答】略二、听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C 三个选项中选择最佳选项．每段对话或独白你将听两遍．（共 15 分，每小题 1.5 分）6．请听一段对话，完成第 6 至第 7 小题．6．What doesthe woman want to drink ？A． Tea．B． Milk ．C． Juice．7．How much doesthe woman pay？A．﹩ 7．B．﹩ 8．C．﹩ 9．【考点】 17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略8．请听一段对话，完成第8 至第 9 小题．8．Where arethe speakersgoing to have a picnic？A． In the park．B． On the hill ．C． At the seaside．9．Who will join the speakersfor the picnic ？A． The boy's dad．B． The boy's grandpa．C． The boy's grandma．【考点】 17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略10．请听一段对话，完成第10 至第 11 小题．10．How did the boy go to the wild animal park？A． By train．B． By car．C． By bus．11．What did the boy do in the wild animal park？A． He drew a picture．B． He fed an elephant．C． He saw a bird show．【考点】 17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略12．请听一段对话，完成第12 至第 13 小题．12．What arethe speakersmainly talking about？A． Different readingskills ．B． Somebenefitsof reading．C． The man'sreadinghabits．13．What doesthe manthink of reading？A． He believesit is enjoyable．B． He finds it a little difficult ．C． He thinks it takestoo much time．【考点】 17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略14．请听一段独白，完成第14 至第 15 小题．14．What canwe know about thespeaker？A． Shelives nearher school．B． Shelikes traveling abroad．C． Shewants to improve her English．15．Why doesthe speakersendthis message？A． To describeher trip in London．B． To tell the way to her house．C． To introduce her hometown．【考点】 16：短文理解．【分析】略【解答】略16．听对话，记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．Service RequestFormName（16）略 WhitePhone（ 17）略Address56（18）略 RoadService Moving a double（19）略Time On （20）略，July 31【考点】 17：长对话理解．【分析】略【解答】略四、单项选择（共10 分，每小题 1 分）从下面各题所给的 A 、B、C、 D 四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项．21．My father is a worker．is very kind．（）A． He B．She C． His D．It【考点】 61：人称代词．【分析】我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．【解答】答案： A ．考查人称代词．句意：我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．根据题干 My father is a worker． is very kind．可知 My father 是男性，空后有is，所以用 he，即我爸爸是一名工人．他非常善良．故 A ．22．More and more young people go skating winter．（）A． at B．in C． on D．to【考点】 7B：常用介的辨析．【分析】越来越多的年人在冬天滑冰．【解答】答案： B当表示， at 用于具体的刻前； in 用于年、月、季和泛指的早上、下午、晚上前； on 用于日期、星期、具体的早上、下午、晚上前．to 用于分数和整点，表示差⋯分到⋯点．此的 winter 是季， B．23．did you stop playing？BecauseI was tired．（）A． How B．Why C．When D．Where【考点】 97：疑副．【分析】你什么不玩了？因我累了．【解答】答案： B．考疑副．句意：你什么不玩了？因我累了． how 怎，用于方式；why 什么，用于提原因；when 什么候，提； where 哪里，提地点．根据回答 BecauseI wastired．因我累了．可知的是原因，所以你什么不玩了？用why．故 B ．24． The hotel is very old ． It's one of buildings in the city ．（）A． old B．older C．oldest D．the oldest【考点】 81：形容的比和最高．【分析】家旅很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一．【解答】答案： D．考最高．句意"家旅很旧，是城里最古老的建筑物之一． "．A 旧的，形容原． B 更旧的，比． C 最高前通常加the．D最旧的，最高．合境 oneof ⋯" ⋯之一 "，由 buildings in the city 在城市里的建筑，可知三者以上比，用最高theoldest 最旧的． D．25．I handin thereport today？No，you needn't．（）A． CanB．Must C．Shall D．Could【考点】 DB：情．【分析】我必今天交告？不，没有必要．【解答】答案： B．合下文 No，you needn't和上下文境可知上文是我必上交？故用 must 开的一般疑句，故答案是B．26． How do you usually go to school？I to school on foot．（）A． go B．went C．wasgoing D．will go【考点】 F6：时态辨析．【分析】﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学．【解答】答案： A ．考查时态．句意 "﹣﹣你通常怎样去上学？﹣﹣我步行去上学． "． A 动词原形． B 过去时． C 过去进行时态． D 一般将来时态．由usually 通常，可知表示习惯性动作用一般现在时态主语是I 我，第一人称，谓语动词用原形 go．答案是 A．27．My mother somewashingwhen the telephone rang．（）A． does B．did C．is doing D．was doing【考点】 F6：时态辨析．【分析】电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服．【解答】答案： D．考查时态．句意 " 电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服．"．A 第三人称单数． B 过去时． C 现在进行时态． D 过去进行时态．由rang 过去式，可知表示过去某个时间正在进行的动作，这里指电话铃响时，我妈妈正在洗衣服，用过去进行时态，结构是was/were+动词的现在分词．主语是mother 单数，用was． do 的现在分词是 doing．答案是 D．28． Lily is my classmate． We eachother since she cameto our school．（）A． know B．knew C．haveknown D．will know【考点】 F5：现在完成时．【分析】莉莉是我的同学，自从她来我们学校我们就认识彼此了．【解答】答案： C．结合可知动作发生在过去，对现在造成一定的影响，故用现在完成时 have/has+过去分词，主语we．故 have，故答案是 C．29．The mobile phone in 1973．（）A． invents B．is invented C． inventedD．was invented【考点】 GA：语态的辨析．【分析】手机是 1973 发明的．【解答】答案： D．考查被动语态．句意 "手机是 1973 发明的． " ．A 第三人称单数． B 一般现在时态的被动语态． C 过去时． D 一般过去时态的被动语态．结合语境 1973 年，可知应该是一般过去时态，因此 A ，B 不正确．主语 mobile phone 手机，是动词 invent" 发明 "动作的承受者，因此用一般过去时态的被动语态，结构是 was/were+动词的过去分词， C 不正确．答案是D．30．﹣﹣﹣ Judy， could you tell me_______theschoolbag？﹣﹣﹣ Oh，yes．I bought it in a storeon the Internet．（）A． where did you buy B．where will you buyC． whereyou bought D．where you will buy【考点】 K5：宾语从句．【分析】﹣﹣朱蒂，你能告诉我你在哪里买的书包吗？﹣﹣哦，是的．我在网上的一家商店买的．【解答】答案： C．根据 Could you tell me？再结合选项，可知could you tell me 后面是跟一个宾语从句，宾语从句中应该用陈述语序，即主语+谓语，所以排除AB ．再根据 I bought it in a storeon the Internet．是说我在网上的一家商店买的．可知是一般过去时，排除 D，故选： C．五、完形填空（共15 分，每小题 1.5 分）阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的 A 、 B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项．31．A Meaningful GiftEmily was an eighth grader．To passher Civics course（公民课程）， shehadto do somevolunteer service in a nursing home for a week．One Monday， Emily went to the nursing home after school．When shearrived，shewas told shewould（ 31）B an hour every weekday with an elderly lady，Mrs ．Blair ．Shewasthenled into a room， wherean old lady in a flowery dresswassitting on a sofa．Emily （ 32） C awkwardly（别扭地） in front of the lady．Sheclearedher throat and said，"Good afternoon I'm Emily ． ""Good afternoon，Emily ．Takea seat，please． "Mrs． Blair replied．Then，（ 33）D filled the spacebetweenthem． Emily wonderedwhat to say．"Tell me aboutyourself，Emily ，"Mrs ．Blair said suddenly．"Well ， "Emily started， "I don't have any grandparents， so I can't relate to elderly peoplemuch．I love the performing arts．I'm heremainly becauseI have to（34）C hereto get a good gradefor my Civics class．"Mrs．Blair didn't seemto（35）A．"Many people，especially teens，don't seem to careabout old people like me． Now you are here， and I'm going to changethat about you． Ask me anything．"Emily thought for a moment，and finally decided，"What was your job？ ""I was a Broadway starin the 1950s．"Mrs ．Blair answered．"Cool!Can you tell me about it？ "Emily asked，amazed．Mrs． Blair smiled．"Back then， only the lead actresshadthe honor to wear a（36）B bracelet．I was the lead in almost all of the plays，soI always wore the bracelet．Till this day， I still haveit． "Emily smiled along with Mts．Blair and listenedto the other stories，attentively ．She had becomesointerestedin Mrs．Blair's（37）C that shedecidedto comeearlier the next day．Tuesday，Wednesday，andThursday passedby quickly ．Then came Friday．As she was leaving，Emilywas really（38）A to say goodbye．"Don't be sad．You can still visit me，"Mrs．Blair comforted her．She thenhandeda small box to Emily ， "It's my gift to you．"Emily（ 39） D openedthe box andwas surprisedto seewhat was inside．"It's the braceletthat youwore．Thank you!"Emily said，with tearsin her eyes．"I'm sureto visit you whenever I'm free． "On the way home， Emily thought of her own love for the performing arts． She touchedthe braceletandmadea （40） A that she would keep her word to Mrs． Blair ．31．A．waste B． spend C．plan D． exercise32．A．asked B． sat C．stood D． danced 33．A．warmth B． sadness C．happiness D． silence34．A．study B． live C．volunteer D． play35．A．mind B． fear C．insist D． regret36．A．strange B． special C．common D． private37．A．dreams B． hobbies C．stories D． jokes38．A．upset B． confused C．surprised D． nervous 39．A．proudly B． secretly C．worriedly D． carefully 40．A．promise B． change C．judgment D． choice．【考点】 N1：记叙文．【分析】文章讲述了 Emily 为了通过她的公民课程不得不去养老院照顾老人，于是她结识了 Blair 太太，一开始气氛很尴尬，因为Emily 不擅于与老人相处，她只是为了完成这门课程，但与 Blair 太太的聊天改变了她． Blair 让她介绍下自己，。

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编--完形填空专题.docx

北京市各区2017年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编--完形填空专题.docx

北京市各区 2017 年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编-- 完形填空专题北京市各区2017 年中考英语一模试卷分类汇编---完形填空专题东城区A Move to SafetyThe Turners sat at the kitchen table. The sun was shining and filed the kitchen with a warm light.It was aperfect day for having a picnic or going surfing. But in the Tur ners’kitchen, no one seemed to be paying attentionto the __31__ .“ Okay, girls,”said Mrs. Turner.“ I can tell by the expressions on your faces that you have a pretty good idea why we need to have this family __32__. ”Linda and Kala exchanged looks nda slowly nodded.“ Your mom and I have had many talks lately about the possibility of __33__ , ”said Mr. Turner.“ We were hoping that it wouldn’ t come to this, but we don’ t have other choices.”“ But Dad, ” said Kala,“ Kilauea has been an active（火volcano山）since 1983!Nothing has happened to us or to our house yet. I know we34__ here’. ”llbe __“ But your dad and I care about all the recent warnings giving by the government.Even though we’ ve been safe up to now, there is no way to guarantee（保证）that a larger eruption（喷发）isn’ tcoming up,” said Mrs. Turner.“ Mom, this is our __35__ . I can ’ t even remember living anywhere else!Linda said, fighting” back tears.Mrs. Turner put an arm around her daughter’ s shoulder.__36“ Thisforwonany of’us,tgo” she Dsaid.and I“love this house, too. We have so many happy memories here. But we’ re tired of living with such uncertainty. T most important thing in the world to us is that our family stays safe.”Mr. Turner __37__.“ Girls, there are other places in Hawaii where we’ ll feel safer. We’ ll hav house, but you know home is wherever we go as a family. We’ ll make new memories, and we’ ll find th about our new home.”The girls were quiet for a moment as they considered what it would mean to move.“ There are so many thingsI ’ ll __38__ here, ” said Kala quietly.“ Weall will, ”said Mrs. Turner. “ Butone of the places that your dad and I have looked at is only a fewminutes ’ walk to the beach.”Kala and Linda couldn ’helpt _39__ when they heard that. They both spent every spare minute they hadsurfing. If their parents told them that they could actually live in the water, they would have been perfectly happy.Mr. Turner walked around to the other side of the table. He put one large hand on each of his daughter’ s shoulders.“ I ’ m proud of you two,” he said.“ Thank you40__forwhtryingthistois so important to your momand me. ”Linda and Kala smiled. Dad was right: home was wherever the family was.31.A. kitchen B. table C. picnic D. weather32.A. trip B. meeting C. dinner D. celebration33.A. moving B. traveling C. returning D. rushing34.A. happy B. safe C. brave D. relaxed35.A. dream B. choice C. home D. island36.A. early B. easily C. quickly D. successfully37.A. nodded B. shouted C. judged D. repeated38.A. sense B. stress C. respect D. miss39.A. smiling B. arguing C. worrying D. doubting40.A. explain B. wonder C. understand D. discuss朝阳区Never Too LateThe morning Sean checked the email as usual. Then he found an unexpected email in his inbox. Could he realize his dream late? Sean was now nearly 40, alone and poor. He dreamed of being a police officer for a long time and never made it. Was it possibly31this time?When Sean was only a 5-year-old boy, his father's friend Paul once32the little boy home in his police car. Sean was interested in the car, the lights and the uniform （制服） . He decided to be a hero like Paul.However, a high school English teacher33his dream. She argued that he had a true gift for writing and should not waste it being a police officer. Sean followed his teacher's advice and finally he became a34for a newspaper and married. During the years, he changed several jobs but nothing made him really35. His heart really wasn't in the job or marriage. Actually, he had never really given up his childhood36to become a policeman. His wife could not bear this and left him when Sean was 39 years old. Sean was37to move back to St. Ignace, where his dad lived. "I feel like a failure," Sean says. He was sad and lost 25 pounds in afew months.When his father encouraged him to search for a new job, the opportunity came. Phoenix was in great need of police officers and one of Sean's old friends emailed him, "Do you still want to be a police officer?" "Phoenix was aworld away - 2100 miles from St. Ignace," says Sean. "But here, at least, was one more38I felt reborn."In order to pass the test to enter the police academy（学院）, Sean 3 9began training, setting a dailyrunning rule of a mile and a half. Three weeks later when he arrived in Phoenix, Sean was a man physically and emotionally changed. Finally, Sean passed the written exam and completed the physical test. On Nov. 16, 2015, Sean finished his education in the police academy.The following year, Sean got a prize because of his excellent job. "It took me 35 years. But a promise is a promise. How many people can say they40their life's dream? " Sean says, "I did it. It just proves that it's never too late."31.A.new B.different C.strange D.interesting32.A.guided B.led C.carried D.drove33.A.broke B.made C.kept D.supported34.A.teacher B.driver C.reporter D.manager35.A.rich B.happy C.famous D.lucky36.A.life B.work C.wish D.idea37.A.invited B.forced C.asked D.ordered38.A.chance B.time C.job D.dream39.A.busily B.carefully C.quietly D.immediately40.A.know B.have C.live D.meet石景山区I am the mother of two wonderful, beautiful and clever boys. I am also a policewoman who works on cases（案件） about children. It is my job to keep children31 .Several months before my son Thomas32 ’birthday,s he asked me what I did for work. I told him that itwas to keep little boys and girls safe, but I did not go into any more details. Over the next several weeks I wouldhear my son telling people that his mommy’ s job was to keep little boys and girls safe. But then he seemed to33about it and didn’ t mention it any more.The day after Thomas’ s third birthday, I decided to take the day off from work to spend time with Thomas and Alex, his twenty-one-month-old brother. After saying goodbye to their father I turned to my boys and said_34 that Mommy didn’ t have to go to work. She was going to spend the whole day with her boys! I looked down at Thomas. 35to see an excited look on his face, but instead I saw tears in his eyes. I bent down （弯腰） close tohim and asked him what was wrong. He looked at me with tears36 down his face and said,“ Who will keep little boys and girls safe if you don’ t go to work?” I could sonnot believewhojustthat my37three the day before was worried about the little boys and girls he did not even know.I took my son in my arm and gave him a big hug. And I38that there were other people who worked with mommy to keep the little boys and girls safe. We hugged each other for several minutes. And I tried to make himbelieve that the little boys and girls would39 be safe even if Mommy stayed home. When he finally felt betterhe went off to play with one of his new toys.I sat there on the floor for a few minutes longer and was just 40 by the feelings my son had for thesechildren that he had never met. I never explained what“ safe-year”-oldmeantThomas,tothreebutI believe that he understands its meaning very well.31.A. healthy B. popular C. polite D. safe32.A. first B. second C. third D. fourth33.A. dream B. talk C. worry D. forget34.A. nervously B. excitedly C. worry D. forget35.A. expecting B. offering C. starting D. deciding36.A. flying B. moving C. walking D. running37.A. turned B. grew C. changed D. counted38.A. suggested B. explained C. insisted D. complained39.A. just B. never C. still D. also40.A. bored B. surprised C. troubled D. frightened西城区The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly formed middle-school swimming team. The atmosphere（气氛） on the three-hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of1. However, the excitementturned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared（盯着） in disbelief at their strong Greek-god-like opponents（对手） . Halfway through the meet, Coach Huey realized that he had no swimmers for one of the events."Okay team, who wants to swim the five-hundred-yard freestyle?" the coach asked.Several hands went up, including Justin Rigsbee's. "I'll race, Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said, "Justin, this race is twenty lengths of the pool. I've onlyseen you swim eight.""Oh, I can do it, Coach. Let me try."Coach Huey finally agreed, not2though. After all, he thought, it's not the winning but the trying that builds3.The whistle （哨子） blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds. The winners got together to socialize while our group4to finish. After four more long minutes, the last tired members of our team got out of the water. The last except for Justin.Justin was5breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward. It appeared that he would go under at any minute, yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward."Why doesn't the coach stop this child?" the parents spoke among themselves. "He looks like he's not going to make it, and the race was won four minutes ago."But what the parents did not realize was that the real race, the race of a boy becoming a man, was just6.The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke. The parents thought, "Oh, he's finally goingto pull that boy out before he kills himself." But to their7, the coach stepped back from the pool's edge, and the young man continued to swim.One teammate, inspired by his brave friend,went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued. "Come on, Justin, you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another, then another,until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and8their teammate to finish the raceset before him. Their opponents saw what was happening and9them. Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer.Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown, a tired but10Justin Rigsbee swam his finallap and pulled himself out of the pool. The standing ovation（起立鼓掌） they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his, just for finishing the race.1.A.friends B.holidays C.training D.victory2.A.willingly B.nervously C.curiously D.seriously3.A.friendship B.bridges C.success D.character4.A.learned B.started C.tried D.failed5.A.stealing B.holding C.losing D.wasting6.A.ending B.beginning C.canceled anized7.A.shame B.joy C.surprise D.satisfaction8.A.teaching B.encouraging C.forcing D.asking9.A.left B.stopped C.guided D.joined10.A.crying B.energetic C.smiling D.helpful海淀区Search for the BestFor this Father’ s Day, many children bought ties, socks or golf balls, but my present had to be the best. Afterspending several days shopping, my search for the best came＿31＿to an old plane. It was one Father’ s Day tha my dad and I would never forget.“ Is thi s your first time flying?” our pilot asked my dad. I felt a little＿32＿knowing that in a few minutes Iwould be in the sky trusting my life to someone who would fly a plane for the first time. My nerves were makingme want to give up, but I knew it would be a good father-daughter＿33＿.After a little hesitation (犹豫), my dad started the engine. We taxied to the runway slowly. After being clearedfor take-off, we went faster. I could feel the plane shaking slowly while it was＿34＿from the ground. After thepilot gave some instructions, my dad was flying the plane. Suddenly, we experienced a quick fall and then the planewent up again, which made me feel as if I were on a roller coaster. The plane started to move up and down and thepilot quickly took over the control. I could see the＿35＿on my dad’s face. The pilot started to tell the controltower over the radio that we had hit turbulence ( this was possible. But it was indeed very windy 气流 ). It was a sunny day with few clouds so I didn ’t how ＿36＿a few thousand feet up. I held onto my seat, trying to tell myselfwe were going to be OK. After a few minutes jumping up and down, the plane leveled off ( 在平流层飞行) and Istarted to breathe＿ 37＿．Finally, it was time to return. We started to go down and it seemed that we were going to＿38＿runway andland in trees, but somehow we landed on the ground, gradually slowing. It seemed like forever until the planeactually stopped. I was excited to＿39＿and it felt good to have my feet back on the ground. The smile on mydad ’ s cefa ＿ 40＿ had given him the best gift. The unforgettable Father’ s Day was complete with an old plan huge smiles on our faces.31.A. advice B. gift C. excuse D. prize32.A. nervous B. excited C. painful D. satisfied33.A. talk B. joke C. secret D. experience34.A. running B. turning C. lifting D. breaking35.A. fear B. mark C. light D. smile36. remember B. mention C. understand D. introduce37. deeply B. easily C. heavily D. quickly38.A. enter B. miss C. destroy D. find39.A. set B. put C. get D. take40. proved B. planned C. picture D. promised丰台区To Save the Baby Eagle (鹰 )After Josh lost his father Frank, it felt as if he had lost his whole family. He wouldn’ t let the baby eagle losehis _31_ . The eagle nest ( 巢) was down because of last night’ s storm. If Frankalive,was hestillwould have beenout here, instead of staying inside like Sam — Josh ’s stepfather (继父 ). Mum and Sam tried to make Josh happy.But Josh still felt like a __32__ in his own home.A sound broke into Josh’ s thoughts. It was a baby eagle, right beside hisHefoothurried. home with him. Aftera quick look, Sam said,“__He33’_s. notBut we should return him to his parents as quickly as possible.”“ Isaw some wood in the yard. Could you help build a new nest? ”Sam continued. Josh nodded. Together they__34__ a wooden box. Then they went to rest the box in the tree. While Sam was helping Josh with the necessarytools, he said,“ I wish I could do this instead of you, but I’ d probably just fall out of the tree.Josh _35__ Sam was worried.“ I ’ ll be okay,” he comforted himhave. the safety“See?ropeI. Even if I missmy footing, it will hold me.” As Joshputtriedthe btox into place, the mother eagle swooped (俯冲 ) down. Joshducked — and he started to fall. 36 , the safety rope held him.“ Are you all right?shouted.”“ SamYes,”Josh called,“ send the bird up!”Finally, Josh was back with Sam, watching the eagles circle above the new nest. They started to cheer as theeagles seemed to land, but the great birds flew away at the last minute. If the eagles didn’ t accept the new hombaby eagle would be left alone after all — and their37 was wasted.“ Whatare they waiting for?”Josh asked unhappily.“ They ’ re being careful.”Something in Sam’ s voice made Joshstepfatherlookat. his“ It’ s not__easy38__to change, ” Sam went on. “ It ’ s sthardGoldentotruFlowers Josh thought about that. Sam could never take theplace of Frank, but perhaps he could be a friend. Friends helped each other through hard times. Josh rememberedhow he and Sam had worked together and how 39 Sam had been for his safety.“ She’ s coming in,” Sam cried. The mother eagle landed beside her baby.“ Yes! ” Josh and Sam shouted. 40__“it!We” As they high-fived each other, Josh felt closer to Sam. Now heand the baby eagle had both come home.31.A. group B. way C. family D. friend32.A. child B. student C. tourist D. stranger33.A. hurt B. alone C. quiet D. safe34.A. bought B. built C. borrowed D. brought35.A. realized B. expected C. imagined D. remembered36.A. Suddenly B. Hopefully C. Luckily D. Surprisingly37.A. attention B. decision C. effort D. experience38.A. consider B. control C. treat D. accept39.A. upset B. worried C. excited D. helpful40.A. did B. got C. knew D. found通州区Mother's Christmas Stocking （长袜）My sister Trudy and I snuggled （偎依） close and would sleep around the Christmas tree. It was a tradition ---we just had to sleep under the tree on Christmas Eve --- even if we were ten and twelve. My eight-year-old brother, Ashley and three-year-old baby sister. Breanna were already asleep near the 1.Trudy and I talked to each other in a low voice and discussed what we expected to get in our stockings the next morning. We looked at the four stockings hanging by the fireplace, and we 2 that one was missing. Weren't there five people in our family? Why didn't Mum have a stocking?She had told us when she was a little girl her family didn't hang stockings on Christmas Eve. We were 3 to be the members of our family and we thought Mum should be a part of the tradition she had created for us. It was then that we came up with an idea. It would forever change the way we would see Christmas and more4, giving.Quickly Trudy woke Breanna, and I hurried to wake Ashley. We planned Mother's stocking. For several minutes we began to look for our treasures through our things.Breanna brought her candy box. We chose a piece of Santa chocolate. I wrote, "For your sweet wish," stuck it. on Breanna's chocolate and put it into an old, oversized, red 5 which Ashley found in the wardrobe （衣柜）Ashley brought two of his favorite toy cars and told us they were for when Mum's car broken down. Now shewould always have two more. Trudy wrote the explanation for him.I brought a bag of flower seeds and 6 around the bag. "So you will always have fresh seeds of inspiration （灵感） ."Trudy made a little baby out of a round river rock. She called it Herman Periwinkle and wrote an adoption（收养） letter for the baby. That was so Mum would always have a baby, because she often7that her real babies were growing up too fast.We hung Mum's stocking on the highest place and stuck a8 _ to the outside of the stocking that said, "To: Mother Santa Claus --- from: The TAABElves" She was proud of her acronym（首字母缩略词）for our names, and we were all so 9 that we could hardly sleep.In the morning, when we woke up, we rushed right past our stockings, straight into Mum's bedroom. She was__10 Herman Periwinkle and our treasures were around her. She kissed us all and hugged us, laughing and talking at the same time. It was so unlike her usual calm manner. But we understood. It was her first ever Christmas stocking.1.A. tree B. box C. bed D. chair2.A. expected B. imagined C. realized D. believed3.A. surprised B. glad C. relaxed D. curious4.A. luckily B. politely C. carefully D. importantly5.A. coat B. stocking C. bag D. skirt6.A. wrote B. drew C. sent D. showed7.A. described B. celebrated C. noticed D. complained8.A. photo B. note C. candy D. flower9.A. satisfied B. nervous C. excited D. crazy10. A. making B. holding C. washing D. repairing房山区A Friend in NeedSuraj was a student in Class 5. He was a naught boy who liked making fun of other classmates. They didn'tlike this but could do nothing.One day, after the science class, Suraj went to fool one of his classmates, Kiran. Kiran felt 1 and just sat on the chair. As soon as their math teacher arrived to the class, Suraj moved back to his place quickly. The class started and the 2 was asking some questions to the students.And it happened. Suraj wet his pants! He felt very ashamed. He 3 how his classmates would think about him.His wet pants would be the hot topic of the school! His friends would talk about this for years. The girls in theclass would never look at him as a friend. The boys and girls would never speak with him. He would become the joker for everyone in the class. Suraj's imagination was going so wild.The math teacher noticed a kind of uneasiness in Suraj. She was watching him for a few minutes and 4 him in some kind of trouble. Suraj noticed the teacher watching him and tried to act normal.He felt that his heart would stop beating very soon. He 5 pleaded （恳求） . "Dear God, you have to help me. In 5 or 10 minutes, I will be dead. I really need some 6 from you."The teacher again saw that Suraj was uneasy and she looked at him. He smiled at her. Kiran made a request to let him drink some water. 7 , Kiran from the back chair took his water bottle and started to move out of the classroom. As he crossed Suraj's desk, he dropped the water bottle. The cap opened and all water fell on Suraj.It surprised everyone greatly and the teacher 8 to help Suraj. She asked a student to get a towel from her office.His friends cleaned the desk and helped him. The teacher asked another student to bring a pair of gym pantsfor him to wear until his pants got dry. The act of being laughed at suddenly became sympathetic （同情的） . When Kiran tried to help him, he was cornered. The teacher punished him for being so 9 .And of course, Suraj was so relaxed. He looked at Kiran, who stood silently in a corner.After school, Suraj walked to Kiran and thanked him with all his heart. Kiran Smiled and said, "Hey, I know buddy! Because I also 10 the same few months before. I wet my pants!"1.A. upset B. happy C. satisfied D. excited2.A. student B. teacher C. classmate D. friend3.A. expected B. understood C. found D. imagined4.A. showed B. felt C. saw D. kept5.A. silently B. loudly C. strangely D. carefully6.A. hope B. decision C. choice D. help7.A. Luckily B. Suddenly C. Naturally D. Gradually8.A. rushed B. agreed C. decided D. preferred9.A. helpless B. hopeless C. useless D. careless10. A. expressed B. experienced C. described D. completed门头沟Thanksgiving Day was near. The first grade teacher gave her class a fun assignment ( 作业 ,任务 )－ to draw a 31of something for which they were grateful (感激的).Most of the class might be considered not rich, but still many would celebrate the holiday with turkey andother traditional goodies ( 甜食 ) of the season. These, the teacher thought, would be the32of most of her students ’ art. And they were.But Douglas made a different kind of picture. Douglas was a different kind of boy. He was the teacherchild of misery ( 痛苦 ), weak and33. As other children played atbreak, Douglas was likely to stand close by her side. One could only guess at the34Douglas feltbehind those sad eyes.Yes, his picture was different. When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was35, he drewa hand. Nothing else. Just an empty hand.His abstract ( 抽象的 ) picture raised the36of his classmates. Whose hand could it be? One childguessed it was the hand of a farmer, because farmers feed turkeys. Another suggested a police officer, because thepolice protect and care for people. And so the discussion went － until the teacher almost37the young artist himself.When the children had gone on to other assignments, she stopped at Douglas(弯曲 ) down,’desk,and bent asked him whose hand it was. The little boy looked38and said in a low voice,“ It’ s yours, teacher. remembered the times she had taken his hand and walked with him here and there, as she had the other students.How often had she said,39 “my hand, Douglas, we’ ll go outside.et me” showOr, you“L how to hold your pencil.” Or,“ Let’ s do this together.” Douglas was most thankful for his teacher’ s hand.With tears in her eyes, she went on with her work.The story speaks of more than thankfulness. It says something about teachers teaching and parents parentingand friends showing friendship, and how much it means to the Douglases of the world. They might not always saythanks, but they’ ll remember the hand that40out.31.A. map B. picture C. cartoon D. postcard32.A. classes B. lessons C. objects D. subjects33.A. happy B. unhappy C. bright D. excited34.A. pain B. fear C. worries D. weakness35.A. awful B. careful C. helpful D. thankful36.A. imagination B. discussion C. question D. production37.A. forgot B. noticed C. understood D. remembered38.A. out B. back C. away D. around39.A. Take B. Bring C. Carry D. Follow40.A. goes B. gets C. stays D. reaches平谷Give Time to Our FamilyMy mother has been living alone for 19 years, but the demands of my work and my three children had madeit impossible to visit her often.“ I love you, but I know your mother loves you and would love to spend some time with you.”wife one night.“ Oh, I'll make a dinner date with31 . ” That night I called to invite her to go out for dinner and a movie.That Friday after work, I32 over to her house. She had been waiting in the door with her coat on. She hadcurled her hair and was wearing her best dress and smiled like an angel.told my“I friends that I was going outwith my son, and they were impressed. ”she said, as she got into the car. “ Theycan't wait to 33 about our meeting.”We went to a restaurant that, although not big, was very nice. After we sat down, I had to read the34 . Hereyes could only read large print.“ I used to have to read the menu when you were small,” she said.“ Then it's time that you 35 and let me return the favor,” I responded.During the dinner, We had an agreeable conversation — nothing special but events of each other's life. Wetalked so36 that we missed the movie.Late that night I drove her back. As we arrived, she said,“ I'll go outonlywithif you again,letme but37 you.” I agreed.“ How was your dinner date?” asked my wife when I got home.“ Very nicethan.MuchIcouldmorehavesoimagined, ” I answered.A few days later, my mother died of a serious heart disease. It happened so suddenly that I didn't have a 38to do anything for her. Some time later, I received an envelope with a copy of a restaurant receipt from the sameplace where mother and I had dined. A note in it said:already paid “thisI'vebill. I wasn't sure that I could be there; but nevertheless, I paid for two plates one for you and the other for your wife. You will never know whatthat night 39 for me. I love you, son.”At that moment, I understood the importance to give our loved ones the time that they deserve(值得 ). Give them the time they deserve, because these things cannot be 40 off till“ some other time.”31.A. her B. him C. me D. you32.A. walked B. rode C. flew D. drove33.A. talk B. think C. read D. hear34.A. book B. newspaper C. menu D. story35.A. stay B. relax C. work D. sit36.A. little B. much C. warmly D. hard37.A. invite B. forget C. remember D. visit38.A. rest B. home C. chance D. meeting39.A. waited B. meant C. lasted D. did40.A. taken B. kept C. put D. turned怀柔Friends Forever“ Hey, Jenna, do you think we ’ ll still be friends when we-two? ” I asked’re myeightyfriend while wewere playing in her backyard. It was clear she was wondering why I asked such a 31 . While I waited for Jenna to answer, I started imagining what life would be like without her. Losing Jenna would be like losing a very close sister. We played together. We gave each other advice.“Of course, we’ll still be friends when we-’two,re ”eightyJenna replied loudly. We looked at each other and then 32so hard that tears ran down my face.The next year, in the fourth grade, we met Jamie. The three of us soon became best 33. We played together almost every day. We laughed together, cried together and shared our biggest secrets. I thought even time couldn ’ t pull us apart（分开） .The three of us started fighting a lot. Before Christmas, we had a really big fight, and Jamie and Jenna were against me, both saying I was bossy（霸道的） . They wouldn ’ t even talk toatmeschool. I felt helpless and lonely. I thought Christmas would be 34 ! Why is this happening to me? I thought.。

2017年北京市中考英语试题答案及解析

2017年北京市中考英语试题答案及解析

2017年北京市中考试卷听对话，从下面各题所给的A、B、C三幅图片中选出与对话内容相符的图片。

1.A．B．C．【答案】B2.A．B．C．【答案】A3.A．B．C．【答案】C4.A．B．C．【答案】B5.A．B．C．【答案】A听对话或独白，根据对话或独白的内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择最佳选项。

What does the woman want to drink?A．Tea．B．Milk．C．Juice．【答案】BHow much does the woman pay?A．﹩7．B．﹩8．C．﹩9．【答案】CWhere are the speakers going to have a picnic?A．In the park．B．On the hill．C．At the seaside．【答案】CWho will join the speakers for the picnic?A．The boy's dad．B．The boy's grandpa．C．The boy's grandma．【答案】AHow did the boy go to the wild animal park? A．By train．B．By car．C．By bus．【答案】BWhat did the boy do in the wild animal park? A．He drew a picture．B．He fed an elephant．C．He saw a bird show．【答案】CWhat are the speakers mainly talking about? A．Different reading skills．B．Some benefits of reading．C．The man's reading habits．【答案】CWhat does the man think of reading? A．He believes it is enjoyable．B．He finds it a little difficult．C．He thinks it takes too much time．【答案】AWhat can we know about the speaker?A．She lives near her school．B．She likes traveling abroad．C．She wants to improve her English．【答案】AWhy does the speaker send this message?A．To describe her trip in London．B．To tell the way to her house．C．To introduce her hometown．【答案】B听对话，记录关键信息。

相关主题
  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。

2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A､B､C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。

每段对话你将听两遍。

(共5 分，每小题1 分)1．（1分）2．（1分）3．（1分）4．（1分）5．（1分）6．（3分）请听一段对话，完成第6 至第7 小题．6．What's wrong with Max？A．He has got a headache．B．He has got a toothache．C．He has got a stomachache．7．What did Max do before dinner？A．He ate all of the cakes．B．He drank too much water．C．He went to his friend's house．8．（3分）请听一段对话，完成第8 至第9 小题．8．Why are the speakers going to paint the club walls？A．Because the walls look terrible．B．Because they need more practice．C．Because the club invited them to do so．9．What do they decide to paint on the walls？A．Animals．B．Sports．C．Flags or maps．10．（3分）请听一段对话，完成第10 至第11 小题．10．What are the speakers going to do on Saturday night？A．Fly to London．B．See a play．C．Go shopping．11．When will they meet？A．At 6 ：00．B．At 6 ：15．C．At 7 ：45．12．（3分）请听一段对话，完成第12 至第13 小题．12．What is the wildlife park like today？A．It's a mess．B．It's crowded．C．It's beautiful．13．What are they going to do next？A．Watch wild animals．B．Make a TV program．C．Ask more people for help．14．（3分）请听一段对话，完成第14 至第15 小题．14．What is Emily's new flat like？A．It has no kitchen．B．It's a modern flat．C．It has one bedroom and one bathroom．15．What can we learn from the dialogue？A．She is planning to clean her new flat．B．She will move into a new flat next week．C．Her new flat is close to her workplace．16．（10分）听对话，记录关键信息．本段对话你将听两遍．（共10 分，每小题2 分）请根据所听到的对话内容和提示词语，将所缺的关键信息填写在答题卡的相应位置上．二、选择题（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）21．（1分）My father is great and ________ always helps others．（）A．he B．his C．him D．himself22．（1分）Mother's Day is ________ the second Sunday in May．（）A．in B．on C．at D．of23．（1分）﹣Do you know that the dog can call the police for help？（）﹣Really？It's ________ thing I have heard．A．interesting B．more interestingC．the more interesting D．the most interesting24．（1分）Remember to exercise every day，________ you will get fat．（）A．and B．but C．or D．so25．（1分）﹣________ I hand in my homeword today？﹣No，you needn't．You can do it tomorrow．（）A．Can B．May C．Must D．Would26．（1分）I'm sorry that you've missed the bus．It ________ 10minutes ago．（）A．left B．is leavingC．leaves D．will leave27．（1分）﹣________ did you travel to Shanghai to business？﹣By train．（）A．How B．What C．Where D．When28．（1分）My brother ________ cartoons when I got home．（）A．watches B．has watched C．is watching D．was watching29．（1分）Most of the Earth's surface ________ by water．（）A．cover B．is covered C．was covered D．covered30．（1分）﹣Jim，can you tell me ________？﹣Next month．（）A．when did you go on a school tripB．when will you go on a school tripC．when you went on a school tripD．when you will go on a school trip三、解答题（共1小题，满分15分）31．（15分）The WinnerIt was the first swim meet of the year for our newly scorned middle﹣school swimming team．The atmosphere（气氛）on the three﹣hour bus ride was exciting as the team only thought of （31）．However，the excitement turned into shock as they walked off the bus and stared（盯着）in disbelief at their strong Greek ﹣god﹣like opponents（对手）．Halfway through the meet，Coach Huey realizedthat be had no swimmers for one of the events．"Okay team，who wants to swim the five﹣hundred﹣yard freestyle？" the coach asked．Several hands went up，including Justin Rigsbee's．"I'll race，Coach!"The coach looked down at the young boy and said，"Justin，this race is twenty lengths of the pool．I've only seen you swim eight．""Oh，I can do it，Coach．Let me try．"Coach Huey finally agreed，not （32）though．After all，he thought，it's not the winning but the trying that builds （33）．The whistle（哨子）blew and the opponents flew through the water and finished the race in just four minutes and fifty seconds．The winners got together to socialize while our group （34）to finish．After four more long minutes，the last tired members of our team got out of the water．The last except for Justin．Justin was （35）breaths as his hands hit the water and pushed it aside to move his thin body forward．It appeared that he would go under at any minute．Yet something seemed to keep pushing his onward．"Why doesn't the coach stop this child？" the parents spoke among themselves．"He looks like he's not going to make it，and the race was won four minutes ago．"But what the parents did not realize was that the real race，the race of a boy becoming a man，was just （36）．The coach walked over to the young swimmer and quietly spoke．The parents thought，"Oh，he's finally going to pull that boy out before he kills himself．" But to their （37）．the coach stepped back from the pool's edge，and the young man continued to swim．One teammate，inspired by his brave friend，went to the side of the pool and walked the lane as Justin continued．"Come on，Justin，you can do it! Keep going! Don't give up!" He was joined by another，then another，until the whole team was walking the length of the pool cheering for and （38）their teammate to finish the race set before him．Their opponents saw what was happening and （39）them．Soon the room was full of energy and excitement as teammates and opponents alike gave courage to one small swimmer．Twelve long minutes after the starting whistle had blown，a tired but （40）Justin Rigsbee swam his final lap and pulled himself out of the pool，The standing ovation （起立鼓掌）they gave Justin that day proved that the greater victory was his，just for finishing the race．31．A．friends B．holidays C．training D．victory 32．A．willingly B．nervously C．curiously D．seriously 33．A．friendship B．bridgea C．success D．character 34．A．learned B．started C．tried D．failed 35．A．stealing B．holding C．losing D．wasting 36．A．ending B．beginning C．canceled D．organized 37．A．shame B．joy C．surprise D．satisfaction 38．A．teaching B．encouraging C．forcing D．asking 39．A．left B．stopped C．guided D．joined 40．A．crying B．energetic C．smiling D．helpful六.阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项．（共30分，每小题8分）41．（8分）41．What's the cost of Master Chef？A．140B．135C．260D．16042．In Musical Theater，children will create their own plays．A．to learn basic techniquesB．to improve speaking skillsC．to develop their creativityD．to take part in games43．Which course provides a packed lunch？A．Master ChefB．Musical TheaterC．Water sportsD．Judo44．The passage in a（n）．A．letterB．storyC．poemD．advertisement45．（8分）Qiu Shaochun is the most famous leaf﹣blowing musician in China．The﹣year﹣old has performed in more than countries and areas．beginning almost twenty years ago，when he toured Spain，France and Italy with a theater company from Xiamen，Fujian Province．Growing up in a Fujian village，Qiu would spend hours listening to fishermen make music by blowing on leaves．He learned the skill from his father，a high school music teacher．Later，he majored （主修）in Erhu and became a successful Erhu player．But he never gave up on his childhood dream of making leaf﹣blowing his career．He achieved this when he joined the traveling theater company from Xiamen in 1996．Qiu is trying to bring leaf﹣blowing to a higher level．Over the years，he has learned how to play three octaves （八度音阶）on a leaf．In addition to Chinese songs，he also plays well﹣known foreign ones．He has also improved his playing methods by controlling and adjusting （调节）his breath．"Leaves may be the oldest and simplest musical instrument in the world，" he said．People learned to play the leaf more than 10000 years ago for fun and communication．Though any kind of leaf can be used as an instrument，it is important to choose tough （坚韧的），smooth and thin leaves．Qiu prefers the leaves of the banyan，the city tree of Fuzhou，where he now lives．He is now trying hard to spread leaf﹣blowing．Qiu was invited to give talks and performances on the campus of the Chinese University of Hong Kong，encouraging a group of 15 people，including several professors，to take up leaf﹣blowing as a bobby．45．Qiu learned the skill of leaf﹣blowing from．A．his fatherB．fishermenC．an Erhu PlayerD．a theater manager46．Qiu made leaf﹣blowing his career when．A．he lived in SpainB．he finished his high schoolC．he was 53 years oldD．he joined the theater company47．According to the passage，10000 years ago，people played the leaf for．A．health and self﹣protectionB．fun and communicationC．playing three octavesD．controlling and adjusting breath48．Why did Qiu go to the Chinese University of Hong Kong？A．To improve his skillsB．To collect banyan leavesC．To spread the art of leaf﹣blowingD．To encourage people to travel49．（6分）Help! Is This MyBody？Has this ever happened to you？You're dressing for a party and when you pull on your favorite years，you can no longer button them．If you've ever felt out of step with your body，you're not alone．We become more aware of （意识）looks right around the time our bodies begin changing．This can make physical changes difficult to deal with emotionally．Getting used to a changing body is about more than justlooks，though，Lots of teens base their self﹣image （自我形象）on how their bodies feel and perform．Changes in our bodies' appearance，performance﹣even such small details as the way they smell﹣are all perfectly normal parts of growing up．So what can you do to help become more comfortable with your body physically and emotionally？Here are some ideas．Don't compare! It's natural to look at our friends for comparison．But it's not a good idea．Comparing ourselves with others is problematic became everyone develops differently and at different times．If you go through a growth sport （increase）early，you may feel too tall．Yet your friend may be thinking that he or she is too small．It's usually hardest for the people who develop first or last．Treat your body well．Making educated choices about food exercise is part of developing a mind and life of your own．Healthy eating and exercise can also give you some control over how your body turns out．Many teens stop playing sports around the time their bodies develop．You can still do any activity if you really are interested in it．It's also all right to switch （转换）to another activity．Don't stop exploring how your body feels．Do different activities that help you become more familiar with your body．Walk tall﹣even if you're not! There's not much you can do about your height or development，but you can focus on what you really like about yourself．Maybe it's your curly hair or the dimple （酒窝）you get when you smile．Maybe it's that you are a really thoughtful person or you are good at making people laugh．As your body changes，it can help to work on good posture and walk with a sense of confidence．After doing this for a while，you'll probably become more confident too．Accept and appreciate your body，no matter what it looks like right now．and﹣just like a good friend﹣it can do a lot for you in return!49．What does the writer think of comparing oneself with others？A．It's good way to build teens' self﹣confidence．B．It's wrong because not everyone wants to be perfect．C．It's necessary if teens want to know how well their bodies develop．D．it's unreasonable because teens' bodies don't develop at the same speed．50．What does the writer suggest teens do in Paragraph 4？A．Stop playing dangerous sports．B．Eat more to get more energy．C．Make wise food and exercise choices．D．Do different activities that strengthen the body．51．What's the writer's purpose of writing this passage？A．To encourage teens to be different from other．B．To advise teens to properly deal with their body changes．C．To invite teens to join in more sports and have a healthier diet．D．To help teens realize that their bodies are always changing．52．（8分）Mindlessly checking Facebook makes you an awful lot like a lab rat （老鼠）continuously pushing a button in order to get a treat．When you check your phone，your brain gets its own little zing；Someone might be talking about you on Facebook! No？Reload．Maybe your Instagram got a heart! Reload．Reload．But you're no rat．Human brains can fight the ways apps hijack our brains，if we learn some skills to deal with this problem．Are Facebook or Twitter "addictions" （瘾）？Recent scientific research about social media （媒体）doesn't agree on that term，but evidence （证据）that we aren't doing well is present at dinner tables where everyone is staring at screens，and at crosswalks where absent﹣minded people walk into traffic．I became mindful of my early﹣morning bad habits．Pre﹣coffee，half awake，I'd lie there for an hour with my phone．So I called up psychologists，brain scientists and app designers for advice on what actually would help me．Surprisingly，they didn't tell me to immediately stop，but instead told me I needed the skills for managing social media as part of my life．Limit Triggers （诱因）Our brains are made to quickly eat up information．So why let social﹣media companies decide when to attract you？Turn off app notifications （通告）on your phone and computer．Especially for live video broadcasts．They are designed tocreate the fear of missing out．Avoid QuicksandWhen you're on Facebook，it is easy to red one article，then another．Nir Eyal，author of the 2014 book "Hooked" says he forces himself not to read anything right away．Instead，he saves articles to a service called Pocket，which reads them aloud while he's at the gym．We hurt ourselves when we use social media as a break from serious work．Our brains need a chance to be empty．Research suggests the best way to help your brain focus is exercise，even for a short period．Staring into space would be better than refreshing Facebook．Make New NormsNot that long ago，you could be fired for not paying attention during a meeting or class；now，many openly use their phones or laptops．Bosses could set a better work culture by providing charging（充电）stations at meetings where everyone could leave their phones，then focus on the discussion at hand．Mr．Eyal suggests you try shaming friends who have bad habits ﹣if you do it politely．If someone is not listening to you at dinner．ask，"Is everything OK？" The answer might start an important conversation．Tech Should HelpThe social﹣media industry has a responsibility here，too．Since companies usually know exactly how much time users spend on their apps．they should offer help to people who have problem behavior．And for the rest for the rest of us，let's encourage app makers to make their products more helpful，not more demanding of our time．52．What does the underlined word "hijack" in Paragraph 3probably mean？A．Wash．B．Hurt．C．Control．D．Empty．53．Why does Mr．Eyal save articles to Pocket？A．To rest his tired brain．B．To refresh his Facebook immediatelyC．To get more time to exercise．D．To avoid being attracted by social media．54．What is the best title of this passage？A．Take a break from busy life．B．Free your brain from social media．C．Separate social life your work．D．Keep your life away from apps．55．What can we infer from the passage？A．The social﹣media industry should make more app products．B．People with problem behavior should ask brain scientists for help．C．We should decide when to connect to social media by ourselves．D．A company with charging stations must have a better work culture．七.阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项．每个选项只能用一次．（共10分，每小题10分）56．（10分）When I was a child．There were street vendors （小贩）who were selling perfume （香水）．They were carrying a box with perfume bottles and selling then．（56）One day，I went shopping with my father in my hometown．My father went to the nearest perfume﹣vendor．They talked a little．（57）．The perfume ﹣vendor had a lot of big bottles of perfume and a big metal syringe．He put perfume from a big bottle into a smaller one by using that syringe．Anyway ，it was done …Sud denly I noticed that the perfume﹣vendor was coming near me with his syringe!（58）．Oh my God! At that time I rushed out to the street and started to run．I even left my father there and ran home madly．（59）．He said："What happened？Why did you run away and leave me there？" I said，"The perfume﹣vendor wanted to inject（注射）me in the head．" My father laughed every hard and said，" （60）﹣He just wanted to spray （喷洒）a little perfume on you，so your hair would smell nice，and you thought he wanted to inject you，ha!"I have to say that I really thought that．I was afraid of injections even if I got ill and needed to be injected，I worried about my head…八.阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题．（共10分，每小题10分）61．（10分）A Smile，by Cholce!"I want this report before Sunday! Your deadline!" Robin，my boss，shouted at me as usual．On a Friday evening，that meant my weekend plan would be destroyed．"Sir，I may need some more time．I will try my best for earlier but，Tuesday for sure，sir．" Though it was useless，I tried to express my unwillingness to work on the weekend．I was disappointed and upset．I came to my desk，but I couldn't go on with my work．I decided to leave for the day and come early to work on Saturday morning．What was worse，I couldn't get my car going．So I decided to take a taxi．As I got close to the road．I became more disappointed．It was raining heavily．I ran to take cover under a tree．Getting wet was adding to my unhappiness big time．Why always me？I could not stop pitying myself．I had no reason to smile or be kappy．While I was waiting，I saw a little girl in a dirty and dusty shirt under a iny roof（屋檐）nearby．Her hair looked untidy．She was playing with a puppy on her lap．Puppy was a street dog just like the girl．Both of them appeared happy with each other．The girl took out a piece of bread from her bag．She held the bread's corner in her mouth inviting the dog to catch the bread．When the dog managed to get the bread，the girl laughed and hugged the puppy tight．Her laughter was carefree．I had not realized；my eyes were moist （湿润的）with tears．I had not thought about my office，my disappointment，my unhappiness even fora moment since watching this little girl．She did not want what I wanted．She had nothing that I had．However，she had what I lacked（缺乏）﹣the spirit to be happy，the ability to find a reason to smile．She had unknowingly taught me a priceless lesson．Happiness does not depend on what you have；it depends on what you think of what you have．If she could laugh in the situation she was in，who was stopping me？Me，myself!With a new understanding of life．I started walking in the rain．Yes，I was smiling．I had learnt stealing a smile，by choice，from little moments of life．61．Did the boss ask the writer to hand in the report before Sunday？62．How did the writer feel when he came to his desk？63．What was the girl doing when the writer saw her？64．Compared with the girl，what did the writer lack？65．What does the writer learn from the girl？九.文段表达（15分）66．（15分）假如你是李华，你们学校将要举办国际文化节活动，你打算邀请你们班外教Sam参加．请用英语写一封电子邮件，告诉他活动的时间和地点、活动内容，以及他需要做什么准备．提示词语：performance，speech，camera，poster，exhibition，taste提示问题：•When and where will you have the International Culture Festival？•What will you do at the festival？•What do you advise Sam to prepare f or the festival？67．假如你是李华，某英文网站以"一个值得去的地方"为题征文．请你用英语写一篇短文投稿，谈谈你心目中哪里是值得去的地方，它是什么样子的，以及它为什么是个值得去的地方．提示词语：famous，attractive，natural，beauty，history，enjoy提示问题：•Where is the place？•What is the place like？•Why should people visit it？A Place People Should VisitI have been to many interesting places，but there is one place I think everybody should pay a visit to．2017年北京市西城区中考英语一模试卷参考答案与试题解析一、听对话，从下面各题所给的A､B､C 三幅图片中选择与对话内容相符的图片。

相关文档
最新文档